Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
FIR2024-0096+Fire_Sprinkler_Equipment_Specification_Sheets+10.1.2024_10.36.16_AM+4533669
RECEIVED Oct 01 2024 CITY OF EDMONDS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT try ile O/ Your Building FIR2024-0096 Material Data Report For Fire Protection Systems 3 - FIRE SPRINKLERS 41 - PIPE 43 - FITTINGS 89 - VALVES 117 - SWITCHES 126- HANGERS 130- ANCHORS 135 - BRACING 140 - DRY SYSTEM COMPONENTS 5005 THIRD AVENUE S. SEATTLE, WA 98134 C".. 206.762.3311 • MCKINSTRY.COM IIION a61NION I►1mIa:� Bulletin 056 April 2024 Reliable Features • Coverage for DD80 spans up to 70 ft (21 m) with one row of sprinklers • Coverage for DD80 spans up to 100 ft (30.5 m) with three rows of sprinklers • All models use a 212°F (100°C) temperature rated fusible - link operating element • 150 square foot per sprinkler protection using GP56 and AH Series sprinklers Product Description Reliable Attic Sprinklers are cULus Listed Specific Application sprinklers. The sprinklers are available for protection of combustible and non-combustible light hazard concealed spaces with roof slopes of 4:12 to 8:12, and in some cases up to 12:12. Reliable Attic Sprinklers are upright sprinklers listed for use on wet -pipe or dry -pipe sprinkler systems. All Reliable Attic sprinklers use a 212°F (100°C) temperature rated fusible - link operating element that is Listed for installation where the maximum ceiling temperature is up to 150°F (66°C). Table A provides a summary of available Reliable Attic sprinklers. Application Reliable Attic Sprinklers are listed for installation in accordance with this bulletin and NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Fire Sprinklers." The sprinklers are classified as Special Sprinklers by NFPA 13, and are intended for installation within combustible or noncombustible roof structures, including those with wooden trusses. Coverage area, spacing requirements, and design flow and pressure for each sprinkler are provided in tables B-I on the individual sprinkler data sheets in this bulletin. Example sprinkler layouts and hydraulic design criteria are provided in Figures 9 through 26. Please note that the example sprinkler layouts are intended as design aids only, and Attic Sprinkler Summary Models DD56-6, DD56-27, DD80-6, DD80-27, DS56, GP56, AH42, & AH56 Sprinklers Specific Application Sprinklers for Attic Spaces Model DD56 \ (Model DD80 similar) Vl Model GP56 cULus Listed Model DS56 Model AH56 do not necessarily reflect all possible construction methods. In some cases, a combination of layouts may be required. The Authority Having Jurisdiction should be consulted for situations that are not specifically addressed within this bulletin. Special Note Regarding Insulation Noncombustible insulation, properly secured with wire netting to prevent sagging onto sprinklers may be used at the roof deck. Spray foam has not been evaluated for use with attic sprinklers. Use of spray foam insulation with attic sprinklers should be evaluated on a case by case basis with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Sprinkler K-Factor Thread Size Max. Coverage Area Sprinkler Model NPT or (Measured on Floor) Roof Slope Design Criteria Identification gpm/psi112 L/min/bar'12 ISO7-1 ft x ft (m x m) Number (SIN) DD56-6 5.6(80) '/2 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 4:12 to <6:12 Table B RA5624 DD56-27 5.6(80) '/2 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 6:12 to 8:12 Table C RA5694 DD80-6 8.0(115) 3/4 6 x 66 or 5 x 70 4:12 to <6:12 Table D RA5622 (1.8x20or1.5x21) DD80-27 8.0(115) % 6 x 66 or 5 x 70 6:12 to 8:12 Table E RA5692 (1.8x20or1.5x21) DS56 5.6(80) '/2 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 4:12 to 12:12* Table F RA5625 GP56 5.6(80) '/2 10 x 15 (3.0 x 4.6) 4:12 to 12:12* Table G RA5695 AH42 4.2(60) '/2 10 x 15 (3.0 x 4.6) 4:12 to 12:12* Table H RA5623 AH56 5.6(80) h 10 x 15 (3.0 x 4.6) 4:12 to 12:12* Table I RA5626 *Note: Use in spaces with slopes over 8:12 is limited to particular areas; refer to supplemental information pages. Use in the main attic area is limited to slopes not exceeding 8:12. www.reliablesprinkler.com ns Style: Upri Orientation: De or horizontal Threads: 1/2" NPT o 7-1 R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 ( tric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 12 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 2 100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table B and Figures 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe nstallation Criteria inkler Spacin'79g* Mi m 4 ft (1.2 m), maximum 6 ft (1.8m) be en sprinklers along ridge Minimum 2 .9 m) down the roof slope toward eave earest sprinkler, `J measured paralle the roof deck Horizontal Distance from Face russ Min: 6 inches (150 mm) _ ' Vertical Distance of Deflector Above Sciss Truss Min: 18 inches (450 mm) Horizontal Distance from Center -line of Ridge Max: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Top of Deflector Below Peak, Ridge, or Deck Min: 17 inches (430 mm) Max: 21 inches (530 mm) Model DD56-6 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads 2 (6Z 1 _q/q9" 2-5/16" (59 mm) 4®®56 OR 0 C U8 YEAR J22112' F / MO' C V O Model DD56-6 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure . Ceiling Slope Max. Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft x ft (m x m) gpm (1/min) psi (bar) 4:12 to less than 6:120) 6 x 40(2) (1.8 x 12) 25 (95) 19.9 (1.37) Notes: 1. For the singular instance of an asymmetrical pitch of 4:12 to less than 6:12 on one side of a ridge and a pitch of 6:12 on the opposite side of the ridge, use of the Model DD56-6 is acceptable. For all other pitches of 6:12 up to 8:12, refer to the Model DD56-27. 2. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Length of coverage area is split equally to each side of the sprinkler at the ridge. Coverage area is measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliably Page 2 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Techn Specifications Style: Up Orientation: for horizontal Threads: 1/2" NPT 0 7-1R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 etric) Max. Working Pressure: 17 (12 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: ° (100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table C and Figures 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe Installation Criteria rinkler Spacing um 4 ft (1.2 m), maximum 6 ft (1.8m) b en sprinklers along ridge Minimum 2 7.9 m) down the roof slope toward eav nearest sprinkler, measured Para the roof deck Horizontal Distance from Min: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Deflector Above Sci SIN Truss Min: 18 inches (450 mm) Horizontal Distance from Center -line of Ridge Max: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Top of Deflector Below Peak, Ridge, or Deck Min: 17 inches (430 mm) Max: 21 inches (530 mm) Model DD56-27 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads 2-1/2" (64 mm) 1-3/32" 2-9/32" (28 mm) (58 mm) RASC® DD56 OR 0 C U8 YEAR 212°F®100°G O RA5694 27 Model DD56-27 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure Ceiling Slope Max. Coverage Area') Flow Pressure ft x ft (m x m) gpm (1/min) psi (bar) 6:12 to 8:12 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 25 (95) 19.9 (1.37) Notes: 1. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Length of coverage area is split equally to each side of the sprinkler at the ridge. Coverage area is measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 3 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Style: Uprig Orientation: DeflNiliQr horizontal Threads: 3/4" NPT or 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 8.0 (1 etric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 p 2 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 21 100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table D and Figures 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe nstallation Criteria inkler Spacing um 4 ft (1.2 m), maximum 6 ft (1.8m) b*ilten sprinklers along ridge Minimum 2 7.9 m) down the roof slope toward eav nearest sprinkler, measured para the roof deck Horizontal Distance from Min: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Deflector Above Truss Min: 18 inches (450 mm) Horizontal Distance from Center -line of Ridge Max: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Top of Deflector Below Peak, Ridge, or Deck Min: 17 inches (430 mm) Max: 21 inches (530 mm) Model DD80-6 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Asoo Threads (T _gigI)II Model DD80-6 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure 2-5/16" (59 mm) 4DOW OR 0 COM YEAR 2I2°F®100°G n o JVL G'BA§§33 8° Ceiling Slope Max. Coverage Area ft x ft m x m Flow m 1/min Pressure psi bar 4:12 to less than 6:120) 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12)(1) 25 (95) 9.8 (0.68) 6 x 63 (1.8 x 19)(2) 38 (144) 22.6 (1.56) 6 x 66 (1.8 x 20)(2) 40 (151) 25 (1.72) 5 x 70 (1.5 x 21)(2) 38 (144) 22.6 (1.56) Notes: For the singular instance of an asymmetrical pitch of 4:12 to less than 6:12 on one side of a ridge and a pitch of 6:12 on the opposite side of the ridge, use of the Model DD80-6 is acceptable. For all other pitches of 6:12 up to 8:12, refer to the Model DD80-27. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Length of coverage area is split equally to each side of the sprinkler at the ridge. Coverage area is measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliably Page 4 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technic ecifications Style: Uprig Orientation: De r horizontal Threads: 3/4" NPT or 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 8.0 (1 etric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 p 2 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating. 21 100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table E and Figures 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe Installation Criteria inkier Spacing um 4 ft (1.2 m), maximum 6 ft (1.8m) b en sprinklers along ridge Minimum 2 7.9 m) down the roof slope r toward eav nearest sprinkler, measured para the roof deck Horizontal Distance from Face Truss Min: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Deflector Above Scis = Truss Min: 18 inches (450 mm) Horizontal Distance from Center -line of Ridge Max: 6 inches (150 mm) Vertical Distance of Top of Deflector Below Peak, Ridge, or Deck Min: 17 inches (430 mm) Max: 21 inches (530 mm) Model DD80-27 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 1-3/32" (28 mm) Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads Model DD80-27 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure 2-9/32" (58 mm) 4®V OR YEA0 �R 02°F®100°C O PAM 27• Ceiling Slope Max. Coverage Areai'I ft x ft (m x m) Flow gpm (1/min) Pressure psi (bar) 6:12 to 8:12 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 28 (106) 12.3 (0.85) 6 x 63 (1.8 x 19) 38 (144) 22.6 (1.56) 6 x 66 (1.8 x 20) 40 (151) 25 (1.72) 5 x 70 (1.5 x 21) 38 (144) 22.6 (1.56) Notes: 1. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Length of coverage area is split equally to each side of the sprinkler at the ridge. Coverage area is measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliably Page 5 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Upright Orientation: Frame arms perpendicular to roof deck Threads: 112" NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table F and Figures 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model DS56 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Brass Alloy Frame Body: Brass Alloy Frame Arms: Brass Alloy Yoke: Copper Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe Installation Criteria Sprinkler Spacing Minimum 4 ft (1.2 m), maximum 6 ft (1.8m) between sprinklers along ridge Minimum 26 ft (7.9 m) down the roof slope toward eave to nearest sprinkler, measured parallel to the roof deck Horizontal Distance from Face of Truss Min: 6 inches (150 mm) Horizontal Distance from Draft Curtain or Wall (') Min: 30 inches (762 mm) Max: 42 inches (1067 mm) Vertical Distance of Top of Deflector Above Bottom of Draft Curtain Min: 8 inches (200 mm) Vertical Distance of Deflector Above Scissor Truss Min: 18 inches (450 mm) Distance from Top of Deflector to Roof Deck (measured perpendicular to roof deck) Min: 9 inches (230 mm) Max: 13 inches (330 mm) - JK (') Model DS56 sprinklers may be installed back-to-back on opposite sides of a ridge where a draft curtain is installed to separate the back- to-back rows of sprinklers. Model DS56 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Thread: 1 9/16" (40 mm) �Asc® 2-13/16" (71 mm) if 1-11/16" (43 mm) DS56 DR was6zs YEAR o Model DS56 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure Ceiling Slope Max. Coverage Area() Flow Pressure ft x ft m x m m 1/minpsi bar 6 x 30 (1.8 x 9.1) 23 (87) 16.9 (1.17) 4:12 to 8:120) 6 x 40 (1.8 x 12) 35 (132) 39.1 (2.70) Notes: 1. Use in the main attic area is limited to slopes not exceeding 8:12, however, the Model DS56 may be used to protect hips, mansards, or similar single slope areas with slopes up to 12:12 where protection can be achieved with a single row of sprinklers. 2. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Length of coverage area is from the draft curtain or wall behind the sprinkler toward the eave. Coverage area to be measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliably Page 6 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Upright Orientation: Top of deflector parallel to roof deck Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table G and Figure 9 - 26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe Installation Criteria Sprinkler Spacing Minimum 6 ft (1.8 m), maximum 10 ft (3.0 m) between sprinklers across roof slope. Minimum 6 ft (1.8 m) up roof slope to nearest sprinkler, minimum 10 ft (3.0 m) down slope to nearest sprinkler, measured parallel to roof deck. Distance from Top of Deflector to Roof Deck (measured perpendicular to roof deck) Min: 9 inches (230 mm) Max: 13 inches (330 mm) Model GP56 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads 2-1/2" 64 mm (48 mm) 1-1 /4" (32 mm) 40 OR YEAR 2R° � 00°0 Model GP56 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure Max. Coverage Area Flow Pressure Ceiling Slope ft x ft gpm psi (m x m) (1/min) (bar) 4:12to8:120) 10x15 17 9.2 3.0x4.6 64 0.63 Notes: 1. Use in the main attic area is limited to slopes not exceeding 8:12, however, the Model GP56 may be used to protect hips, mansards, or similar single slope areas with slopes up to 12:12 where protection can be achieved with a single row of sprinklers. 2. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope parallel to trusses. Coverage is 3 ft. (0.9m) toward the peak and 12 ft. (3.7m) toward the eave from the sprinkler. Coverage area to be measured parallel to the floor. Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 7 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Tech nica ecifications Style: Uprigh Orientation: Top 3N4flector parallel to roof deck Threads: 1/2"NPTorI -1R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 4.2 (60% c) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212' 0°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table H, and Figures 24-26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: CHROME PLATED Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed') Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe(') In lation Criteria Minimum 1.5 m), maximum 10 ft (3.0 m) between inklers across roof slope. Minimum 12 ft (3.7 own slope to nearest sprinkler, measure rallel to roof deck. Note: A minimum 2 ft (0.61 teral offset is required between AH sprin when viewed looking up the roof slope. Distance from Top of Deflector to Bottom of Truss Top Chord (measured perpendicular to roof deck) Min: 1 inches (25 mm) Max: 3 inches (76 mm) Frame Arm Orientation Frame arms are to be oriented parallel to the eave at the bottom of the protected space. Note: 1. Listed for the protection of sloped combustible and noncombustible concealed spaces, including hip roofs with traditionally framed or step down truss construction. 2. NFPA13 requires the use of corrosion resistant or internally galvanized steel piping when using sprinklers with a K-Factor of 4.2. Model AH42 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads 1 5/8" (41 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) o t� AH42 DEFLECTOR IS CHROME PLATED Model AH42 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure Max. Coverage Area(�)(3) Flow Pressure Ceiling Slope ft x ft (m x m) gpm (1/min) psi (bar) 4:12 to 8:120) 10 x 15 (3.0 x 4.6) 15 (57) 12.8 (0.88) Notes: 1. Use in the main attic area is limited to slopes not exceeding 8:12, however, the Model AH42 may be used to protect hips, dormers, and mansards (or similar single slope areas) with slopes up to 12:12. 2. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope. Coverage is 6-0" (1.8m) toward the peak and 9'-0" (2.7m) toward the eave from the sprinkler. Coverage area to be measured parallel to the floor. 3. The first row of AH sprinklers may be a maximum of 9'-0" from the eave; however, the first row must always be on the eave side of the girder truss (see Figures 24 and 25). Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 8 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Tech n icgWWecifications Style: Uprig Orientation: TopICS04flector parallel to roof deck Threads: 1/2" NPT or 1R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 c) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi bar) Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212' 0°C) Sensitivity: Quick -response Hydraulic Design Criteria (See Table I, and Figures 24-26) Finish Brass Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Levers: Stainless Steel Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Button: Copper Alloy Button Clip: Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Bronze Alloy Listings and Approvals cULus Listed* Hazard Classification Light Hazard System Types Wet -pipe with steel or Listed CPVC pipe Dry -pipe with steel pipe iNiiallation Criteria Minimum 1.8 m), maximum 10 ft (3.0 m) betwee inklers across roof slope. Minimum 12 ft (3.7 own slope to nearest sprinkler, measure rallel to roof deck. Note: A minimum 2 ft (0.61 teral offset is required between AH sprin s when viewed looking up the roof slope. Distance from Top of Deflector to Bottom of Truss Top Chord (measured perpendicular to roof deck) Min: 1 inches (25 mm) Max: 3 inches (76 mm) Frame Arm Orientation Frame arms are to be oriented parallel to the eave at the bottom of the protected space. 'Note: ustea Tor the protection oT siopea comoustiDie ana noncomDustiDie conceaiea spaces, incivaing nip roots wan traaitionaiiy Tramea or step down truss construction. Model AH56 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 1 5/8" (41 mm) Deflector Fusible Link Wrench Flat Threads 2-5/16" (59 mm) Model AH56 Minimum Required Flow and Residual Pressure -) 0N" � a p Max. Coverage Area(2)(3) Flow Pressure Ceiling Slope ft x ft m x m gpm 1/minpsi bar 4:12 to 8:120> 10 x 15 (3.0 x 4.6) 15 (57) 7.2 (0.50) Notes: 1. Use in the main attic area is limited to slopes not exceeding 8:12, however, the Model AH56 may be used to protect hips, dormers, and mansards (or similar single slope areas) with slopes up to 12:12. 2. Long dimension of coverage area to be along the roof slope. Coverage is 6'-0" (1.8m) toward the peak and 9'-0" (2.7m) toward the eave from the sprinkler. Coverage area to be measured parallel to the floor. 3. The first row of AH sprinklers may be a maximum of 9'-0" from the eave; however, the first row must always be on the eave side of the girder truss (see Figures 24 and 25). Bulletin 056 ReliablE� Page 9 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Bulletin 074 January 2024 Reliable Features • Standard coverage quick -response sprinklers • Upright, pendent, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors • Low profile, compact design • Available in a wide variety of finishes Product Description Reliable Model F1 FR56 series sprinklers are quick -response standard spray automatic fire sprinklers utilizing a sensitive 3.0 mm glass bulb thermal element. Pendent and horizontal sidewall sprinklers may be installed exposed or surface mounted using escutcheons such as the Reliable Models B, C, or HB (reference Technical Bulletin 204). When installed recessed or concealed, the Model F1 FR56 series sprinklers are specifically listed with and may only be installed with listed Reliable escutcheons and cover plates. Refer to the technical information on the following pages for specific listings for recessed and concealed installations and refer to Figures 5 and 6 for dimensional information. When fitted with an approved water shield, these sprinklers may considered intermediate sprinklers for use in racks, below grated walkways, and other areas where intermediate level sprinklers are required. Table A provides a summary of the approvals and availability of specific Model F1 FIR series sprinkler configurations. Additional technical information for each sprinkler model is provided on the following pages. F1 FR Series Sprinkler Summary F1 FR56 Series Quick Response Sprinklers K-factor 5.6 (80) Model F1 FR56 Pendent Model F1 FR56 Upright Model F1 FR56 Vertical Sidewall Model F1 FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Note: Not all versions of the product are shown. Note: This bulletin may contain information on New and Legacy sprinklers that reflects a dimensional change only. Sprinkler Iden- tification Number (SIN), application, performance, and listings/ approval are not otherwise affected. Sprinklers with New frames will include the suffix "N" in the order. Sprinkler K-Factor gpm/psi12 Orientation Listings & Approvals Max. Working Pressure Sprinkler Identification Model (Ipm/bar'1Z) psi (bar) Number (SIN) Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, 175 (12) RA1425 Intermediate Upright EC, WM, UKCA 250 (17) (cULus only) Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, 175 (12) RA1414 EC, WM, UKCA 250 (17) (cULus only) Concealed Pendent cULus, VdS, EC, WM, 175 (12) RA1414 F1FR56 5.6(80) UKCA 250 (17) (cULus only) Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM 175 (12) RA1435 Vertical Sidewall cULus, FM, LPCB, 175 (12) RA1485 UKCA www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Upright, Intermediate Upright Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-131/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F (141°C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) Factory Water Shield (cULus, FM) F-1 Guard (cULus, FM) F-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) Guards and Shields (Legacy Frames) Factory Water Shield C-1 Guard (FM) C-3 Guard with Shield (cULus, FM) D-1 Guard (cULus) D-3 Guard with Shield (cULus) Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 Model W14 (New frame with guard installed) Model W13 (Legacy frame with guard installed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM U KCA: 0832-U KCA-CPR-S5045 Model F1 FR56 Upright Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Glass Bull (3 mm Wrench FIz Threads �d Screw F1FR_HALF _UPR_INT Cap/Seal Assem 3 1/4" [83mm] Shown with Optional Factory Installed Water Shield ( Intermediate Upright) mm] Bulletin 074 Reliable Page 2 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Recessed Escutcheons Style: Model F1 (cULus, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Pendent Model F2 (cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, CE, WM) Recessed Pendent Model FP (cULus, VdS, CE, WM) Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-131/2 Cover Plate Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Model CCP (cULus, VdS(�), CE(2)) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) F-1 Guard (FM) Material Specifications F-5 Guard/Shield Kit (FM) Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb F-7 Guard (cULus) Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy F-8 Guard/Shield Kit (cULus) Cap: Bronze Alloy S-1 Shield (cULus, FM) Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Guards & Shields (Leg Frames)(3) Load Screw: Copper Alloy C-1 Guard (FM) Deflector: Brass Alloy C-5 Guard/Shiel it (FM) Sprinkler Finishes D-1 Guard us, FM) (See Table B) D-4 Gu hield Kit (FM) D-5 rd/Shield Kit (cULus, FM) Sensitivity Shield (cULus, FM) Quick response prinkler Wrenches Temperature Ratings') Model W2 (pendent) 135-F (57-C) Model W4 (recessed or concealed) 155-F (68-C) Model W14 (New frame with guard installed) 175-F (79-C) Model W13 (Legacy frame with guard in- 200-F (93-C) stalled) 286°F (141 °C) Listings and Approvals(4) cULus Listed FM Approved LPCB VdS EC WM UKCA: 0832-UKCA-CPR-S5045, 0831-UK- CA-CPR-5072 (CCP) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed or concealed use. 2. VdS and CE approval for CCP concealed use is for 155°C (68°C) sprinkler ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed or concealed pendent installations. 4. When used surface mounted or exposed. See Recessed Escutcheon and Cover Plate section for specific approvals when installed recessed or concealed. Model F1 FR56 Pendent Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Threads Wrench Flat Glass Bulb (3 mm) Deflector 3 1/4" [83mm] gig F1FR_WU PEND_INT Uj as 2 1/4" [57mm] Cap/Seal Assembly 11 J Screw 1" [25mm] Shown with Optional S-1 Water Shield (Ordered Separately) Note: Please refer to Figure 8 for recessed and concealed installation. Bulletin 074 Reliably Page 3 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 0 135°F (57°C) 155°F (6;C 175°F F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons(z) Model F1 (cULus) Model F2 (cULus, FM) Model FP (cULus) Guards & Shields (New Frames)(3) F-4 Guard (FM) F-7 Guard (cULus) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frame C1 Guard (FM) D1 Guard (cULus) / Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 (no cessed) Model W cessed) Mo 14 (New frame with guard installed) del W13 (Legacy frame with guard Listings and Approvals cULus Listed(4) FM Approved(5) Notes: 1. 286°F (141°C) temperature rated sprinkler not listed for recessed use. 2. FM approved recessed installation when used with Model F2 escutcheon ONLY. 3. Not suitable for recessed horizontal sidewall installations. 4. cULus Listed for Light and Ordinary Hazard when installed exposed or surface mounted. installed recessed. 5. FM Approved for Light Hazard ONLY. Model F1 FR56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Glass Bul (3 mn Wrench FI, -ad Screw Note: Please refer to Figure 9 for recessed installation. Frame F1FR_HALF _HSW Cap/Seal Assembly Threads Listed for Light Hazard ONLY when 1 1/8" [28mm] mm] Bulletin 074 Reliable Page 4 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Upright Vertical Sidewall Pendent Vertical Sidewall Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-R1/2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: 3 mm Glass Bulb Sprinkler Frame: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Copper Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Finishes (See Table B) Sensitivity Quick response Temperature Ratings 135°F (57°C) 155°F 175°F ( ) (141 °C) Guards & Shields (New Frames) F-2 Guard (FM) Guards & Shields (Legacy Frames) C1 Guard (FM) Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2 Model W14 (New frame with guard ins d) Model W13 (Legacy frame with installed) Listings and Appr SM cULus Liste FM Ap d LP CA: 0832-U KCA-CPR-S 5045 Notes: 1. Listed and approved for Light Hazard ONLY. 2. LPCB approved for use in pendent position ONLY. Model F1 FR56 Vertical Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Deflector Glass Bulb (3 mm) Wrench Flat Screw Frame F1FR_HALF_VSW Cap/Seal Assembly Threads 1 112" [38mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] GSA CO if Bulletin 074 Reliable Page 5 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Recessed and Concealed Installation: Pendent Sprinklers 2-1/4" 2-1/4" (57 mm) Dia. (57 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling Hole in Ceiling 1-15/16" 1-15/16" (49 mm) Dia. Reducing (49 mm) Dia. Reducing Fitting Fitting Face of Fitting Face of Fitting to Face of Ceiling to Face of Ceiling 1-1/8" (29 mm) at 7/8" (22 mm) at Max. Recess Max. Recess 3/8" (10 mm) at 3/8" (10 mm) at r Min. Recess Min. Recess I � 03 1-3/4" 1-3/4" (44 mm) 1" (44 mm) 1-1/4" (25 mm) (32 mm) Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Recess 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. Recess Recess 2-7/8" (72 mm) Dia. Recess Models F1 & F1 FR Pendent Sprinkler Models F1 & F1 FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Fi-REC_PEND-CCP 2-1/2" 2-1/2" (64 mm) Dia. (64 mm) Dia. Hole in Ceiling Hole in Ceiling 2-5/16" 2-5/16" (59 mm) Dia. Reducing (59 mm) Dia. Reducing Fitting Fitting Face of Fitting Face of Fitting Vented Cup to Face of Ceiling Vented Cup to Face of Ceiling 1-1/2" (38 mm) at 1-1/2" (38 mm) at Max. Recess Max. Recess 1" (25 mm) at 1" (25 mm) at Min. Recess Min. Recess r � (25 mm) 1/2" -L (12 mm) Minimum Recess 3-3/16" (78 mm) Dia. Maximum Recess Models F1 & F1 FR Pendent Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. F1 Escutcheon (F2 Similar) w (25 mrn 1/2" (12 mm) Minimum Recess Maximum 3-5/16" (84 mm) Dia. Recess Model F1 FR56 CCP Conical Concealed Sprinkler 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment (Nominal Cover Plate Projection is 1" (25 mm)) Note: Model CCP concealed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space above the ceiling is positive with respect to the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model CCP cup are unobstructed following installation. ol p FP Escutcheon CCP Cover Plate Bulletin 074 Reliable Page 6 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Recessed Installation: Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers 1/2" (12 mm) Reducing +/- 3/8" (10 mm) 1-3/8" (35 mm) Maximum Recess Fitting Face of fitting to face of wall 1 4„ _ 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 2-1/4" 1-15/16" 2-7/8" (57 mm) (49 mm) - - - - (73 mm) Dia. Hole Dia. Dia. 1 9/16 [14mm] F1 Recessed escutcheon 3/4" (19 mm) Adjustment 2 1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess Model F1 FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F1 Recessed Escutcheon 3/4" (19mm) Nominal Adjustment F1FR_REc_Hsw 3/8" (16 mm) Reducing +/- 1/4" (6 mm) 1-5/8" (42 mm) Maximum Recess FittingNace of fitting o face of wall 1 4„ _ 12„ (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 2-1/4" 1-15/16' 2-7/8" (57 mm) (49 mm) - - -- - (73 mm) Dia. DIA. Dia. Hole J9/16 [14mm] F2 Recessed escutcheon 1/2" (13 mm) Adjustment 2-1/8" (54 mm) Minimum Recess Model F1 FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model F2 Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment 1-1/4" (32 mm) Reducing +/- 1/4" (6 mm) Fitting Face of fitting 7/8" (22 mm) Maximum Recess to face of wall 1 4-1- 12" (102 mm - 305 mm) Deflector to ceiling 2-5/8" 2-5/16" 3-1/4" (67 (58 mm) - - - - (83 mm) Diaa Hole. Dia. Dia. 9/16 [14mm] �T Vented Cup 1-3/8" (35 mm) Minimum Recess Model F1 FR Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with Model FP Recessed Escutcheon 1/2" (13mm) Nominal Adjustment Note: Model FP recessed assemblies may not be used where the pressure in the space behind the sprinkler is positive with respect to the space in the protected area. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP cup are unobstructed following installation. Bulletin 074 ReliablE� Page 7 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model W2 (upright, pendent) 1WUMOM Model W13 (Legacy frame with guard installed) 1WW=M= Model W14 (New frame with guard installed) Finishes') Model W4 (recessed, concealed pendent) Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2) Sprinkler F1, F2 and FP(2) Escutcheons CCP Cover Plate(2) Bronze Brass Chrome Electroless Nickel PTFE(3)(4) Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Chrome White Paint Bright Brass(5) Satin Chrome Satin Chrome White Polyester(3) White Polyester Satin Chrome Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Paint Custom Color Polyester(3) Notes: 1. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 2. Model FP escutcheons and Model CCP sprinklers utilize a galvanized steel cup with a finished trim ring or cover plate. 3. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 4. FM Approved as corrosion resistant. 5. For 200oF (93°C) maximum temperature rated sprinklers only. Installation Model F1 FIR Series sprinklers must be installed in accordance with NFPA13 and the requirements of all applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Model F1 FIR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. The Models W2 and W4 wrenches have two sets of jaws. Use the smallest set of jaws that fit on the wrench flats of the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N•m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or protective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Maintenance Reliable Model F1 FIR series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non -operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied). A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non -operation during a fire event. Bulletin 074 January 2024 Page 8 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com Guarantee For the guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www. reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model F1FR56 Deflector/Orientation • Upright • Intermediate Upright • Pendent • CCP Concealed Pendent • Horizontal Sidewall • Vertical Sidewall Temperature Rating • See sprinkler technical specifications Sprinkler Finish • See Table B Recessed Escutcheon(')(2) • F1 • F2 • FP Escutcheon Finish • See Table B CCP Cover Plate Temperature Rating • 135°F (57°C) [For use with 135°F (57°C) and 155°F (68°C) sprinklers.] • 165°F (74°C) [For use with 175°F (79°C) and 200°F (93°C) sprinklers.] CCP Cover Plate Finish • See Table B Sprinkler Wrench • Model W2 • Model W4 (recessed, concealed) • Model W14 (New frame with guard installed) • Model W13 (Legacy frame with guard installed) Notes: 1. 286°F (141 °C) sprinklers are not listed to be used recessed or concealed. 2. For FM, recessed sprinklers must use the Model F2 escutcheon. co N Q0 0 rn rn rn M M L1 Bulletin 074 Reliable Page 9 of 9 January 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DID Series Sprinkler - Example Layout (Not to Scale) - Model DD Serie Sprinkler (Typ.) Ridge Z_ I t C 1_� P9 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DID Series Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DID Series Sprinklers Model DS56 Sprinkler - Example Layout (Not to Scale) a - I I I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I I I�I Sprinkler Md1lTYp•) � lel I®I I81 I®I 181 I®I I81 lel I®I I®I �el I81 I®I I®I w w Draft Curtain or Wal IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DS56 Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding nine (9) DS56 Sprinklers Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 10 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Model DS56 Sprinklers Beyond Obstruction Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model DID Series-,IIII IIII Sprinkler (Typ.) Ridg �t HN I I I bgtquctipp (pot meppsga{ily I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I f II le t f p e �!II Model DS56 Sprinkler to protect — ® ® Wl I iwi® 9i I iwi iwi behind obstruction (Required r, I T T I TT I TT I TT I T—i I TT I TT I Ti I Ti I TT I TT I TT I T T I TT when coverage area exceeds 16) 1 i i i i I I I I I I I I I I; I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) DS56 Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) DS56 Sprinklers Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge with Model DS56 Sprinklers Beyond Obstruction Example Layout (Not to Scale) �_x Sprndl®8 Ridg k Draft Curtain or WalZ W ® �® ®®® `e` III bitruCtlon (not neC2SSallV full le h�tli off �1068ej Model DS56 Sprinkler to protect — Ti®1 1 171 1 ® i Ti7 g ® ® ® g ® Ti —W- g behind obstruction (Required TT T-T 1 71 1 Ti 1 TT I T-T 1 T - T I T-T I i i I TT I TT T 1" when coverage area exceeds 15') II � Calculation Requirements. Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) DS56 Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) DS56 Sprinklers Bulletin 056 Page 11 of 28 April 2024 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Model GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Beyond Obstruction Example Layout (Not to Scale) ----------------------- Model DID Sane Sprinkler (Typ.) X t IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIk�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ModelGP56 o5protect behnd f 11l 1�n tth f($pta e s wily obstruction (maximum 15' I I I I I I I I I 1 III 1 1 III 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I between obstruction and eave) _ — Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DID Series Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge with Model GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Beyond Obstruction Figure 14 Example Layout (Not to Scale) SprMkaler(TYp•) I®I I81 I®I I®I lel I®I I®I I®I 181 I®I I®I 181 I®I I81 Ridg Draft Cudain or Wal M M MW M M M M M M M M M I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ModelGP56 o5prot ctlbehind f III g i f( spa e jja�obstruction (maximum 15I lI between obstruction and eave) _ 7777777777777777 Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DS56 Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DS56 Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 12 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Model GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers in Dormers Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model DD Series (or Model DS56) Ridge Sprinkler Model DD Series Model DS56) R Overframed area (Lower trusses may be completely or partially Note: Where Model AH or GP56 Sprinklers are used in dormers, slope may be up to 12:12. Calculation Requirements Where Attic and Dormer Spaces are NOT Separated*: Wet System —Most demanding five (5) ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH Series or Model GP56 sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in dormer. When more than four (4) AH Series or GP56 sprinklers in dormer, separately calculate (a) five (5) ridge sprinklers and (b) all AH Series or Model GP56 sprinklers in dormer (up to a maximum 1500 square foot area) and use the greater of the two demands. Dry System —Most demanding seven (7) ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH Series or GP56 sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in dormer. When more than four (4) AH Series or Model GP56 sprinklers in dormer separately calculate (a) seven (7) ridge sprinklers and (b) all AH Series or Model GP56 sprinklers in dormer (up to a maximum 1950 square foot area), and use the greater of the two demands. *Note: Where attic and dormer spaces are separate, compartmentalized areas, the combined ridge sprinkler and dormer sprinkler calculation is not required. Bulletin 056 Reliabl Page 13 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Standard Spray Sprinklers at Dormer or Cross Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model DD Series (or Mode4 DS56) Ridge Sprinkler \ IIIIIII Model DD Series (or Mode D356) Ridge Sprinkler Overframed area (Lower trusses may be completely or partially sheathed) IIIIIIIIIIIIII A IIIIIIIIIIIIII �Standard Spray Sprinklers Calculation Requirements When Attic and Dormer Spaces are NOT Separated*: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in dormer. When more than four (4) sprinklers in dormer, separatetycalculate the most demanding remote area, including all sprinkler types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped ceiling is required, and remote area reduction for use of quick response standard spray sprinklers may be applicable. Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in dormer. When more than four (4) sprinklers in dormer, separately calculate the most demanding remote area, including sprinkler types, types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped ceiling and 30% remote area increase for dry system is required. *Note: Where spaces are separate, compartmentalized areas, calculate the ridge sprinklers per figures 9 or 10, and the dormers per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. Bulletin 056 Reliabl Page 14 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Model DD Series Sprinklers in Dormers Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model DD Series or Model DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) Model DD Series or Model DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I+t-d O1_,__H=I___I4= 111! 14 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Note: Where Model DS56 Sprinklers are used in dormers, slope may be up to 12:12. Calculation Requirements Where Attic and Dormer Spaces are NOT Separated*: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) Model DD Series or DS56 sprinklers at ridge plus up to two (2) sprinklers in dormer Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) Model DD Series or DS56 sprinklers at ridge plus up to two (2) sprinklers in dormer *Note: Where attic and dormer spaces are separate, compartmentalized areas, refer to Figures 9 or 10, Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Model GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers at Eave Example Layout (Not to Scale) Note: if necessary, a baffle llIlIl IlIlIlIlIlI IlIlIlIlIlI IlIlIlIlIl may be added between the _1 Model DD sprinklers and the Model GP56 sprinklers to prevent cold solder. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Model Sp Sprinkler (Typ.) \ Model GP56 Sprinkler or Model AH Series Sprinridgeto extenprinkledr protection (maximum _ kkkk_dddd kkkk_���� kkk_=ddd kkk_ddd hkkk�ddd kkkk_���� kkk__ddd kkkk�ddd 15' extension toward -i -1 I I III fI 1 7 1 I I 117 I I I f l I I I I eave) IIIIIII III IIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DD Series Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DD Series Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Bulletin 056 Reliabl Page 15 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge with Model GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers at Eave Example Layout (Not to Scale) Note: if necessary, a baffle I I I 1=1 I I ll I I j I I I 1-1 I I L1 I I j I I I U I I 1=1 I may be added Model IDS sprinklers eand the Model GP56 or AH Series sprinklers to prevent cold III III III III solder. Model DS5 III III III III III Sprinkler (Typ.) lei ki k®I e 6el Pi®I 81 lei ki®I ®I RidgTj Draft Curtain or Wal M M Model GP56 Sprinkler Model AH Series III III III III IIII III III Sprinker ridge d esprinkler protection (maximum _ kkkk_d��� kkk_ddd kkk_ddd kkk_��� kkk_ddd kkk_ddd kkk_��� kkk_��� 15' extension toward eave) Eav Calculation Requirements: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) DS56 Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) DS56 Sprinklers and two (2) GP56 or AH Series Sprinklers Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with DS56 Sprinklers at Hip or Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) It d I 1 Illl I11 111 (IIII IIIII IIII .e III I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III III III III e - m ;� a®® le I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IIIII IIIII III 1el D ®ii ,, ®i — _ m-I _�� Hfi n' mI — I'® = iWl IW� �m DWI DWI Lm = W ,W ® II = �ulf=11111111 �111 III I ,® 11111111111111111111111 Illl = I��Wii- - - — - II II III II II II IIII _I,°� ��II �IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII'lill ® � -III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Calculation Requirements Wet System -Most demanding five (5) Model DD Series and/or DS56 sprinklers Dry System -Most demanding nine (9) Model DD Series and/or DS56 sprinklers; of which only a maximum of seven (7) must be Model DD Series (ridge) sprinklers _ - _ �,•u �ligr �iVu i�llh odel DD Series Ridge/Sprinkler (Typ.) Model DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) Bulletin 056 Reliabl Page 16 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge with DS56 Sprinklers at Hip or Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) 111 I II I Il II -# elm ® III III III III III III II® Model DS56! 8 III III III III III= mlll� Sprinkler (Typ.)— ll® ® II—f111111111111111111111111 111111 — ®,I - -_ =!Ills® ® = kv� ky = �Izl == Jl�i —f� =� _ 81 1®I® ®III® e' I11 W 1, �w M, I I �- - � ® 11111111111111111111111 111 _ _ it MNIM f!l(ti Wit Calculation Requirements: — — — — Wet System —Most demanding five (5) Model DS56 spri U Model DS5 raft Curtain or wall (Typ.) Dry System —Most demanding nine (9) Model DS56 sprinklers Sprinkler (Typ.) Ridge/ Model DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge with Standard Spray Sprinklers at Hip or Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) NP —1 1 1 1 1 Ell -111111111111"rotect shaded area with standard spray sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 / II m , w I to .m1 I 11111111111111111'l1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIII� Protect shaded area with standard spray sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 Ridge Model DD Series Sprinkler (Tyo) Calculation Requirements When Attic and Hip or Ell Spaces are NOT Separated`: Wet System -Most demanding five (5) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in the hip or ell. When more than four (4) sprinklers in hip or ell, separate/ycalculate the most demanding remote area, including all sprinkler types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped ceiling is required, and remote area reduction for use of quick response standard spray sprinklers may be applicable. Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in hip or ell. When more than four (4) sprinklers in hip or ell, separate/ycalculate the most demanding remote area, including all sprinkler types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped ceiling and 30% remote area increase for dry system is required, Bulletin 056 Reliabl Page 17 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge with Standard Spray Sprinklers at Hip or Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) M IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII'lill�ll'illll' I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III�II III I ail I I W I I®I ®— IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIII Protect shaded area with standard spray sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 Model DS55-' Ridge/ �Dratt Curtain or Wall (Typ.) Sprinkler (Typ.) Calculation Requirements When Attic and Hip or Ell Spaces are NOT Separated': Wet System -Most demanding five (5) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in the hip or ell. When more than four (4) sprinklers in hip or ell, separately calculate the most demanding remote area, including all sprinkler types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped ceiling is required, and remote area reduction for use of quick response standard spray sprinklers may be applicable. Dry System -Most demanding seven (7) ridge sprinklers and two (2) standard spray sprinklers when there are four (4) sprinklers or less in hip or ell. When more than four (4) sprinklers in hip or ell, separately calculate the most demanding remote area, including all sprinkler types, per NFPA 13, and use the greater of the two demands. 30% remote area increase for sloped —EII Protect shaded area with standard spray sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 Bulletin 056 ReliablC Page 18 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DD Series Sprinklers at Ridge and Model AH Sprinklers at Hip and Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) Model AH42 or AH56 Spr-�Ier�*l I Pd I I I f I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Note: Model AH Sprinklers may be used on hip ends of attics with slopes up to 12:12. Note: Minimum Icteral offset required between sprinklers when we up the roof slope. L--nd \,Model AH Series Note: First row of A Sprinkler (Typ.) sprinklers may be a maximum of 9'-0" from eave; however, must be on eave side of girder truss. Calculation Requirements: Model DD Series Sprinkler (Typ.) Wet System —Most demanding five (5) Model DD Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers when there are four (4) AH sprinklers or less. When more than four (4) AH sprinklers, separately calculate (a) five (5) Model DD Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers, and (b) all AH sprinklers (up to a maximum 1500 square foot area) and use the greater of the two demands. Dry System —Most demanding seven (7) Model DD Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers when there are four (4) AH sprinklers or less. When more than four (4) AH sprinklers, separately calculate (a) seven (7) Model DD Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers, and (b) all AH sprinklers (up to a maximum 1950 square foot area) and use the greater of the two demands. Note A: A single quick —response standard spray upright sprinkler installed in accordance with NFPA 13 may be used for the protection of small areas outside the coverage areas of the specific application attic sprinklers. Demand for the single sprinkler shall be added to the calculations listed above if it falls within the 1500 sf wet system or 1950 sf dry system design area. CPVC piping on wet pipe systems is permitted for supplying individual quick —response standard spray upright sprinklers installed in this manner. Bulletin 056 Page 19 of 28 April 2024 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com Model DS56 Sprinklers at Ridge and Model AH Sprinklers at Hip and Ell Example Layout (Not to Scale) w Model AH42 or AH56 Spr' ler l k= l l k= = O O 1 llll IIII II10 Iplll Note: Model AH Sprinklers ;; of atmay besuwed on hip h sends lopes upI I I {_# =! — t. 1z12. ®�® N® A®®1e Iel le®I ®® I® ,,,r: 1111111 Note: Minimum _ _ - 1 — ® ® ® ® ® ® 9 1 I® 2'-0" lateral offset f= =t =-° — — ote A required between ri sprinklers when I f=9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I viewed up the roof I slope. I Illt-�Illt-IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII _ _ _ — Hi — — — — — odel AH Series Note: First row of A Sprinkler (Typ.) — — m m:•i;,, — — — sprinklers may be a maximum of 9'-0" from— eave; however, must be on cave side of girder truss. Ridge & Draft Curtain or Wai .del DS56 Sprinkler (Typ.) Calculation Requirements: Wet System —Most demanding five (5) Model DS-56 Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers when there are four (4) AH sprinklers or less. When more than four (4) AH sprinklers, separately calculate (a) five (5) Model DS-56 Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers, and (b) all AH sprinklers (up to a maximum 1500 square foot area) and use the greater of the two demands. Dry System —Most demanding seven (7) Model DS-56 Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers when there are four (4) AH sprinklers or less. When more than four (4) AH sprinklers, separately calculate (a) seven (7) Model DS-56 Series ridge sprinklers and two (2) AH sprinklers, and (b) all AH sprinklers (up to a maximum 1950 square foot area) and use the greater of the two demands. Note A: A single quick —response standard spray upright sprinkler installed in accordance with NFPA 13 may be used for the protection of small areas outside the coverage areas of the specific application attic sprinklers. Demand for the single sprinkler shall be added to the calculations listed above if it falls within the 1500 sf wet system or 1950 sf dry system design area. CPVC piping on wet pipe systems is permitted for supplying individual quick —response standard spray upright sprinklers installed in this manner. Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 20 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model AH Series Sprinklers at Ridge and DS56 Sprinklers in Attic (Plan View) Lave Model DS56- Sprinkler (Typ.) Model AH Sprinkler (Typ.) Ridge Draft Curtain or Wall Eave o X !l.l'On;:; uiO+;ii (•:�;� �.p.�:;�!! %(O`iii (;:�:Or! !!iO i�i (!':Oiji i((Oii I Q Ln I PI PI PI f7I Calculation Requirements: Wet System —Most demanding five (5) sprinklers of either type Dry System —Most demanding nine (9) DS56 Sprinklers or (7) AH Series Sprinklers Model AH Series Sprinklers at Ridge and DS56 Sprinklers in Attic (Cross Section) 1" min Model AH Series or 12" max. standard spray sprinkler within 12" of ridge line Wall or Draft Curtain' �� Model DS56 sprinkler Max.7'-6" Model AH Series Sprinklers used in this arrangement shall have the deflector oriented flat (parallel to the floor), and the frame arms parallel to the ridge line (i.e., frame window opening toward eaves). Coverage area, flow and pressure requirements, and obstruction rules for AH Series sprinklers to be in accordance with pages 8 and 9 of this bulletin. Reference NFPA 13 when using standard spray sprinklers at peak. Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 21 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model AH Sprinklers in Dormers (Cross Section) 1" min ax.15—" 6d nu sprinkler of ridge center line Model AH Sprinklers may be used in dormers having slopes of up to 12:12. Model AH Series Sprinklers used in this arrangement shall have the deflector oriented flat (parallel to the floor), and the frame arms parallel to the ridge line (i.e., frame window opening toward eaves). Coverage area, flow and pressure requirements, and obstruction rules for AH Series sprinklers to be in accordance with pages 8 and 9 of this bulletin. Model DS56 or Model GP56 Sprinklers in Mansards (Cross Section) 56 or 56 �wl a x. 15'— 0� Model DS56 and Model GP56 Sprinklers may be used in mansards or other similar single slope areas having slopes of up to 12:12. Model DS56 and Model GP56 sprinklers used in this arrangement shall be installed in accordance with Figures 29 and 30. Coverage area, flow and pressure requirements, and obstruction rules for sprinklers to be in accordance with pages 6 through 9 of this bulletin. Bulletin 056 ReliablEs Page 22 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Obstruction Criteria Model DID Series sprinkler Min. gap above Obstruction Model DID Series sprinkler 6" 150 mm max. obstruction ( ) greater than 6 (150 mm) in height obstruction height 3-1/2" (90 mm) Obstruction Obstruction Additional sprinkler i beyond obstruction Additional sprinklers required beyond obstruction greater than 6" (150 mm) in Additional sprinklers not required due to obstruction 6" (150 mm) or less in height with a minimum 3-1/2" (90 mm) gap provided between the top of the height or where a minimum 3-1/2" (90 mm) gap is not provided between the obstruction and the roof deck top of the obstruction and the roof deck. Model DS56 sprinkler Model DS56 sprinkler Min. gap above obstruction Obstruction Obstruction 6" (150 mm) max. 3-1/2" (90 mm) greater than obstruction height 6" (150 mm) in height Additional sprinkler Obstruction beyond obstruction Additional sprinklers not required due to obstruction 6" (150 mm) or Additional sprinklers required beyond obstruction greater than 6" (150 mm) in less in height with a minimum 3-1/2" (90 mm) gap provided between height or where a minimum 3-1/2" (90 mm) gap is not provided between the the top of the obstruction and the roof deck. top of the obstruction and the roof deck. Model DID Series sprinkler Model DID Series sprinkler Horizontal obstruction Horizontal obstruction Additional sprinklers below horizontal obstruction Max. 4'-0" (1.2 m) width Greater than 4'-0" (1.2 m) width Additional sprinklers not required below horizontal obstruction 4'-0" Additional sprinklers required below horizontal obstruction greater than 4'-0" (1.2 m) or less in width. (1.2 m) in width. Model DID Series sprinkler Model DID Series sprinkler Horizontal obstruction Horizontal Less than 6" (150 mm) from Min. 6" (150 mm) from horizontal obstruction obstruction horizontal obstruction to bottom of rafter to bottom of rafter Additional sprinkler beyond obstruction Additional sprinklers not required beyond horizontal obstruction more than 6" Additional sprinkler required beyond horizontal obstruction less than 6" (150 from bottom of rafter mm) from bottom of rafter. Additional sprinkler not required beyond vertical obstruction see figure at left where: Obstruction width, W Minimum distance between W ® sprinkler and obstruction, D 1" or less (25 mm or less) 6" (150 mm) 1" to 4" 25 to 100 mm) 1'-0" 300 mm 4" to 8" (100 to 200 mm) 2'-0" (600 mm) 8" to 10" 200 to 250 mm 5'-0" 1.5 m D 10" to 20" 250 to 500 mm 10'-0" 3.0 m 20" to 30" (500 to 750 mm) 15'-0" (4.5 m) 30" to 40" (750 to 1000 mm) 20'-0" (6.0 m) 40" to 48" 1000 to 1200 mm 25'-0" 7.5 m Provide sprinklers beyond vertical obstructions not meeting the criteria above. Bulletin 056 ReliablE� Page 23 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Obstruction Criteria (cont.) Model DID Series sprinkler Min. 3'-0" (900 mm) clearance between enclosed space and b roof deck Enclosed space Additional sprinklers not required beyond enclosed space more than 3-0" (900 mm from roof deck. Less than 3'-0" (900 mm) Less than 3-0" (900 mm) to 1'-0" (300 mm) to 1'-0" (300 mm) clearance between 6 t o between enclosed space closed space and roof dec b nd roof deck IrE noosed space Intermediate level J Intermediate level sprinklers sprinklers nd enclosed space beyond enclosed space Additional intermediate level sprinklers required beyond enclosed space less than 3'-0" (900 mm) to 1'-0" (300 mm) from roof deck. beyo Less than 1'-0" (300 mm) Less than 1'-0" (300 mm) clearance between enclosed space clearance between a enclosed space and roof deck and roof deck b Encosed space Additional sprinklers Additional sprinklers beyond enclosed space beyond enclosed space Additional sprinklers required beyond enclosed space less 1'-0" (300 mm) from roof deck. Min. 1'-0" (300 mm) Less than 1'-0" (300 mm) Less than 70% open area deflector to top of stiffener Min. 70% open area deflector to top of stiffener Stiffener T Stiffener (Typ.) Additional sprinklers b below stiffeners (Typ.) Max. 7-1/2" (19 mm) Min. VI" (300 mm) Greater than 7- /2" it90 mm) Less than 1'-0" (300 mm) stiffener width gaps between stiffeners stiffener width gaps between stiffeners Additional sprinklers not required below stiffeners meeting all of the following Additional sprinklers required below stiffeners: (1) less than 1'-0" (300 mm) criteria: (1) minimum 1'-0" (300 mm) below Reliable Attic sprinklers, (2) below Reliable Attic sprinklers, (2) more than 7-1/2" (190 mm) wide stiffeners, maximum 7-1/2" (190 mm) wide stiffeners, (3) minimum 1'-0" (300 mm) gaps (3) gaps between stiffeners are less than 1'-0" (300 mm), or (4) where the area between stiffeners, and (4) minimum 70% open area. of the horizontal plane where the stiffeners are located is less than 70% open. Note: Reliable Attic sprinklers may be installed directly on pipe up to 2-1/2" NPS. For 3" NIPS and larger pipe, the Nominal 1-1/2" (38 mm) obstruction rules for Extended Coverage Upright Spray maximum gap Sprinklers shall be followed. zn Alternate Allowable Framing Method A maximum 1-1/2 in (38 mm) gap between sheathing and top of structural framing members (such as that formed by nailers laid flat) is acceptable. Bulletin 056 ReliablE� Page 24 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Install Reliable Attic Sprinklers only in the orientation indicated in Figure 28. Figure 29 provides additional select installation criteria for each sprinkler model. Installation Orientation Model DD Series Install Model DD Series sprinklers with the deflector parallel to the floor and arrows on deflector pointing down the roof slope in both directions. Model DS56 Install Model DS56 sprinklers with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof deck (parallel with lower eave) and the arrow on the deflector pointing down the roof slope. Model GP56 and AH Series Install Model GP56 sprinklers with the deflector parallel to the roof deck and the arrow on the deflector pointing down the roof slope. Install Model AH Series sprinklers with the deflector parallel to the roof, and frame arms parallel with the lower eave of the protected space. Installation Dimensions Model DD Series Max. 6" (150 mm) horizontally from center of sprinkler to ridge 17" (430 mm) min. to 21" (530 mm) max. top of deflector below peak, ridge, or deck Model DS56 Min. 30" (762 mm) to max. 42" (1067 mm) horizontally from draft curtain or wall to deflector Min. 9" (230 mm) to max. 13" (330 mm) top of deflector to roof deck Min. 8" (200 mm) top of deflector above bottom of draft curtain Model GP56 Min, T (230 mm) to max. 13" (330 mm) top of deflector to roof deck Model AH42/AH56 Min. 1" (25 mm) to max. 3" (76 mm) top of deflector to bottom of truss top chord Bulletin 056 April 2024 Page 25 of 28 www.reliablesprinkler.com Note: Where Reliable Attic Sprinklers are installed on wet -pipe sprinkler systems with CPVC pipe, the CPVC pipe must be protected in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's installation instruction as well as the requirements in Figure 31 & 32. Installation Requirements for Use of Reliable Attic Sprinklers with Listed CPVC Pipe CPVC Pipe Min.18" ~(45(0 mm) Heat producing or releasing device Maintain at least 18" (450 mm) between CPVC pipe and heat producing or releasing devices. Max. V-0" Offse ) must not exceed 6" (150 mm) (300 m m ) I A Direct Mount ngled Sprig Armove rig Vertical Sprig CPVC Riser Install sprinklers on CPVC pipe only in the fo wing configurations: (1) directly mounted to a fitting on the branch e pipe, (2) on an angled sprig where the horizontal distance betwee e sprinkler and the branch line does not exceed 6" (150 mm), (3) an armover sprig where the horizontal distance between the sprin er and the branch line does not exceed 6" (150 mm), or(4)on aver al sprig. Locate a sprinkler within V-0" (300 mm) horizontally of CPVC risers Model GP56 or AH Max. 3'-0" Series sprinkler �� Model GP56 sprinkler (900 mm) _ Angled sprig Noncombustible ustible Max 10'-0" Vertical sprig Min. 6" (150 mm) insulation (e.g., fiberglass) ulation (3 m) Min. 6" (150 mm) rglass) Joist oist ��� �300 rn (300 mm)(300 mm) (300 mm) \1ines Branch lines over joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150 er joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150 mm) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass). A noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass). A maximum of 3'-0" (900 mm) of an angled sprig may extend above 0'- 3 m) of a vertical sprig may extend above the the insulation to supply Model GP56 and AH Series sprinklers.sulatio o supply Model GP56 sprinklers. Model GP56 or AH Max. 3'-0" j�� Series sprinkler (900 mm) - �F� --- Angled sprig Noncombustible `J Min. 6" (150 mm) insulation (e.g., fiberglass) Joist Branch lines between joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150 mm) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) either within the joist bay or on top of the joists. A maximum of 3'-0" (900 mm) of an angled sprig may extend above the insulation to supply Model GP56 and AH Series sprinklers. Max. 3'-0" ` (900 mm) Noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) Joist --- Model GP56 or AH Series sprinkler Angled sprig Min. 6" (150 mm) Branch lines between joists must be protected witN minimum 6" (150 mm) thickness of noncombustible insula ' n (e.g., fiberglass) either within the joist bay or on top of the 'sts. A maximum of 3'-0" (900 mm) of an angled sprig may e nd above the insulation to supply Model GP56 and AH Se s sprinklers. Bulletin 056 April 2024 Page 26 of 28 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Requirements for Use of Reliable Attic Sprinklers with Listed CPVC Pipe Model GP56 sprinkler Vertical sprig Dinsulatioblen Max. rn) insulation (3 m) Min. 6" (150 mm) fiberglass) , Joist Branch lines between ists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150 mm) thickness of n combustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) either within the joist bay on top of the joists. A maximum of 10'-0" (3 m) of a vertical spri ay extend above the insulation to supply Model 56 sprinklers. Model AH sprinkler Vertical sprig Any Length Noncombustible insulation u Min. 6" (150 mm) (e.g., fiberglass) Joist — Branch lines over joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150mm) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass). A vertical sprig of any length may extend above the insulation to supply Model AH Series sprinklers. Model AH Series sprinkler Vertical sprig Any Length Noncombustible lJ in. 6" (150 mm) insulation (e.g., fiberglass) Joist Branch lines over joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150mm) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) either within the joist bay or on top of the joists. A vertical sprig of any length may extend above the insulation to supply Model AH Series sprinklers. Model GP56 sprinkler / Vertical sprig Max. 10'-0" Min. 6" (150 mm) Noncombustible (3 m) insulation _VA (e.g., fiberglass) Joist Branch lines between joists must be protected with a minimum 6" (150 mm) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) either within the joist bay or on top of the joists. A maximum of 10'-0" (3 m) of a vertical sprig may extend above the insulation to supply Model GP56 sprinklers. Model AH Series sprinkler Vertical sprig Any Length Noncombustible Min. 6" (150 mm) insulation (� (e.g., fiberglass) , Joist h lines over joists must be protected with a minimum 6" im) thickness of noncombustible insulation (e.g., fiberglass) within the joist bay or on top of the joists. A vertical sprig of any 'Qay extend above the insulation to supply Model AH Series Caution: 1. Insulation r\freeze y Figures 30 and 31 is for fire protection purposes afreeze protection. 2. Follow instairements of the CPVC pipe manufacturer and listing, v ifying compatibility of any insulation or other matewith PVC pipe. 3. Sprig ups tP56 a AH Series sprinklers must be properly sesupport in accordance with NFPA 13 requiremen Bulletin 056 April 2024 Page 27 of 28 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Maintenance Model DD Series, Model GP56, and Model AH Series sprinklers are installed with the W2 wrench. The Model DS56 wrench is used to install Model DS56 sprinklers. The use of any other wrench to install Reliable Attic sprinklers is not permitted and may damage the sprinkler. Place the specified wrench over the sprinkler until the wrench engages the wrench flats. Do not wrench any other part of the sprinkler assembly. Tighten the sprinkler into the fitting after applying a PTFE based thread sealant to the sprinkler's threads. Recommended installation torque is specified in Table J. Installation Torque Sprinkler Threads Recommended Installation Torque (min. — max.) ft-lb N•m '/2" NPT or IS07-1 R1/2 8-18 11-24 W NPT or IS07-1 133/4 14-20 19-27 Do not exceed the maximum recommended torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Use care when placing or removing the wrench from the sprinkler to avoid damage to the sprinkler. Installation Wrenches Model W2 Wrench For Models DD56, DD80, GP56, AH42, and AH56 sprinklers Model DS56 Wrench For Model DS56 sprinklers Reliable Attic sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non - operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied). Replace any sprinkler which has been damaged. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non -operation during a fire event. Listing & Approval Agency Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Canada (cULus) Listing Category: Sprinklers, Automatic and Open Guide Number: VNIV, VNIV7 Guarantee For the Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering. Sprinkler • Model (DD56-6, DD56-27, DD80-6, DD80-27, DS56, GP56, AH42, AH56) • Threads (NPT or ISO 7-1) Sprinkler Wrench Model W2 (for Model DID Series, Model GP56, and Model AH Series sprinklers) Model DS56 (for Model DS56 sprinklers) z a Bulletin 056 Reliable Page 28 of 28 April 2024 www.reliablesprinkler.com PIPE FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland Tube's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL° and C-UL Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) • NFPA° 13 and NFPA 14 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot -dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK 700 South Dock Street Sharon, PA 16146 P 800.257.8182 F 724.346.7260 SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT ,Iq-wp in. A_w Ibs./ft. kg/m 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 0.109 2.77 1.81 2.69 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 0.109 2.77 2.09 3.11 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 0.109 2.77 2.64 3.93 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 0.120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 0.120 3.05 4.34 6.46 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 0.120 3.05 5.62 8.37 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 0.134 3.40 7.78 11.58 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 0.134 3.40 9.30 13.85 6 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 0.188 4.78 16.96 25.26 " Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT log. in. mm lb../ft. kg/m 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1% 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 0.15, �3.91 3.66 5.451 Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CPR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). 0 UL CRR' 7.3 5.8 4.7 3.5 2.6 1.6 1.5 0 2.1 UL CRR` J1 1.00 1.00 1.00 W PIECES Lift 61 61 37 30 19 ■ 13 7 PIECES Lift 70 51 44 I" UL C UL �P.1. APVED CONTRACTOR: DATE: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED WFS-012618 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com 4r Wheatland Tube Follow us on Twitter: A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES @ W h eat l a ndTu be FITTINGS SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3201 90° Elbow I I I I A' I I FIGURE 3201 900 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. W1. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11/4 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.47 11/2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 1 3450 57.15 1 0.84 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 uD us FM STED APPROVED 'Approval Details and Limitations, mbsite at.—awlintl.com or n Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3202 45° Elbow Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. W1. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.12 0.46 25 3450 28.44 0.21 11/4 500 1.29 0.73 32 3450 32.76 0.33 11/2 500 1.43 0.92 40 3450 36.32 0.42 2 500 1.68 1.50 50 1 3450 1 42.67 1 0.68 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, t our website at www.anvilintl.com or itact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL: DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3207 R Reducing Cross A I I I A ' I I FIGURE ■ REDUCING CROSS Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 1 x 2 x 2 A g In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1'/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.41 1.27 0.58 1 /2 x 1 t/2 x 1 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 x 25 500 3450 1.65 41.91 1.80 45.72 1.48 0.67 2 x 2 x I x 1 50 x 50 x 25 x 25 500 1 3450 1.73 1 43.94 2.02 1 51.30 2.10 1 0.95 ♦ —Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US <a> LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF°/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3283 Bushings g �A M- Inside Head FI�B I �A M- Outside Head FIGURE 3283 - BUSHINGS Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Style Approx. Wt. Each Male (M) x Female (F) A B ( In. (mm) PSI (Va) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.22 15 x 15 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.10 1 x 3/4 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.17 25 x 20 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.08 11/4 x 1 500 0.80 0.28 1.76 Outside 0.28 32 x 15 3450 20.31 7.11 44.70 0.13 1 I/2 x 1 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.45 40 x 25 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.20 11/2 x 11/4 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.30 40 x 31 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.14 2 x 1 500 0.88 0.41 1.95 Inside 0.67 50 x 25 3450 22.35 10.414 49.53 0.30 2 x 11/4 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.73 50 x 32 3450 22.3 1 .6361 62.99 1 1 0.33 2 x 1 t/2 500 0.88 34 2.48 Outside 0.61 50 x 40 3450 22.35 8. 8.636 61.99 0.28 ♦ -Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, risit our website at, -an, nt.comor ;ontact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3224 Cap } A FIGURE , / Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 11/4 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.57 0.20 11/2 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 1 3450 1 36.83 1 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3221 Coupling I I I I I FIGURE 3221 - COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Working Pressure♦ Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.67 0.40 25 3450 42.42 0.18 11/4 500 1.93 0.57 32 3450 49.02 0.26 11/2 500 2.15 0.75 40 3450 54.61 0.34 2 500 2.53 1.15 50 1 3450 1 64.26 1 0.52 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3207 Cross FA ) -;FA ) - FIGURE , Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure♦ In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.98 25 3450 38.10 0.44 11/4 500 1.75 1.50 32 3450 44.45 0.68 11/z 500 1.94 1.90 40 3450 49.27 0.86 2 500 2.25 2.95 50 1 3450 1 57.15 1 1.34 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 LISTED APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or act an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3201R Reducing 90' Elbow i 2 i I I A I 1 1X2 REDUCINGI' ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A B In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x'A 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25 x 10 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 11/4 X 1/2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 11/4 X 3/4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32 x 10 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 11/4 x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 11/z x 11/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 10 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 15 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x 11/z 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 1 3450 1 51.30 1 54.86 1 0.75 ♦ - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 UI )us <E> STED APPROVED /Approval Details and Limitations, xebsite at www.anvilintl.com or in Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3221R Reducing Coupling 1 AI REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 x t/2 500 1.69 0.39 25 x 15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 x 3/4 500 1.69 0.53 25 x 20 3450 42.92 0.24 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintlxom or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS zNvi FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE ■ REDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressure♦ A B C In. (mm) PSI Oa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25 x 15 x 15 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25 x 20 x 15 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 1 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 25 x 25 x 10 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 x 1 x 1 t/4* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25 x 25 x 32 3450 41.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 x 1 x 1 t/2* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 1 t/4 x 1 x t/2* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32 x 25 x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1 t/4 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32 x 25 x 20 3450 36.83 34.80 41.75 0.41 1 A x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 t/4 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 x 25 x 31 1 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 1 t/4 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 11/4 x 1 t/4 x t/z 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32 x 32 x 15 3450 34.04 34.04 38.86 0.39 C UL aS <E> LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or tact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. FIGURE ■REDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Pressured Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1'A x 1 t/4 x 3/4 31 x 32 x 20 500 3450 1.45 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41.15 0.92 0.42 1 t/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.73 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 1 t/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 t/2* 32 x 32 x 40 500 3450 1.88 47.15 1.88 41.15 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF /FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee C 2 B' A 1 y 1 x 2 x 3 Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressure♦ A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) th (kg) 11/4 x 1 1/4 x 2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 31 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 x 1 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40 x 25 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.43 11/2 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 40 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 x 1 x 1 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 11/2 x 1 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 40 x 25 x 32 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 1 �/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40 x 25 x 40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 11/2 x11/4 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40 x 32 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 11/2 X1 �/4 X'14 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 40 x 32 x 20 3450 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.5 11/2 x 11/4 x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40 x 32 x 25 3450 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.57 11/2 x 1 t/4 x 2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 11/2x1/2x/2 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40 x 40 x 15 3450 35.81 35.81 19.46 0.52 11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40 x 40 x 20 3450 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.56 1 /2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40 x 40 x 15 3450 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.59 1 /2 x 1 /2 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40 x 40 x 32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressured A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) L6s. (kg) 1/2x1/2x2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50 x 15 x 50 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 x l A x 2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50 x 32 x 50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2 x 11/2 x /2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50 x 40 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 11/2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50 x 40 x 10 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 1 /2 x l 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50 x 40 x 15 3450 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.74 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50 x 40 x 32 3450 48.26 46.23 53.34 0.82 2x1/2x1/2 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50 x 40 x 40 3450 51.31 49.18 54.86 0.91 2 x 1 /2 x 2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50 x 40 x 50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2 x 2 x /2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50 x 50 x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x 3/4 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 50 x 50 x 20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50 x 50 x 15 3450 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.84 2 x 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2x2x1/2 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50 x 50 x 40 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.99 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as 'Bull Head Tee". SPRDI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3205 Straight Tee STRAIGHT Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 1 /4 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 1 /2 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 3450 1 57.15 1.11 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at.—awlintl.com or act an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3388 Cored Plug Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure♦ In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) /2* 500 0.94 0.10 15 3450 23.87 0.05 3/4 500 1.07 0.17 20 3450 27.17 0.08 1 500 1.25 0.28 25 3450 31.75 0.13 11/4 500 1.36 0.44 32 3450 34.54 0.20 11/2 500 1.45 0.62 40 3450 36.83 0.28 2 500 1.56 0.91 50 3450 39.62 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as Solid Plug. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. Pressure - Temperature Ratings in accordance with ASME B16.3 Class 150 NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-5.16 SPF/FWVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS zNvi Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 3121R Reducing Coupling REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (MM) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 'A X'/8 1.00 0.07 8 x 6 25.40 0.03 3/8 x'/8 1.13 0.09 10 x 6 28.70 0.04 3/8 X'/4 1.13 0.10 10 x 8 28.70 0.05 '/2 X'/8 1.25 0.13 15 x 6 31.75 0.06 '/2 X'/4 1.25 0.13 15 x 8 31.75 0.06 '/s x 3/8 1.25 0.14 15 x 10 31.75 0.06 3/4 x'/8 1.44 0.18 10 x 6 36.58 0.08 3/4 X'/4 1.44 0.20 10 x 8 36.58 0.09 3/4 X 3/8 1.44 0.21 10 x 10 36.58 0.10 3/4 x'/z 1.44 0.22 10 x 15 36.58 0.10 1 X'A 1.69 0.30 25 x 8 42.93 0.14 1 x 3/8 1.69 0.31 15 x 10 42.93 0.14 1 x'/z 1.69 0.34 15 x 15 42.93 0.15 1 x 3/4 1.69 0.36 15 x 10 42.93 0.76 LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at.-anvilintLoom or tad an Anvil® Sales Representative. Dimensions: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Material: ASTM A-197 Finish: Black or Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM A153 Class A Threads*: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Pressure Ratings: Fittings: ASME B16.3 Unions: ASME B16.39 Bushings/Plugs: ASME B16.14 Pressure Testing: All malleable iron fittings are tested for through wall porosity using an air under water process. Agency Approvals: All malleable iron fittings and unions are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. * British Standard threading per BS 21 available upon request. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/MI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS zNvi Class 150 (Standard) FIG. 3121R Reducing Coupling FIGURE 3121R - REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1'/a x'/2 2.06 0.47 32 x 15 52.32 0.21 1'A x 3/a 2.06 0.51 32 x 10 52.32 0.23 1'A x 1 2.06 0.57 32 x 25 52.32 0.26 1'/z x'/z 2.31 0.62 40 x 15 58.67 0.28 1'/z x 3/a 2.31 0.66 40 x 10 58.67 0.30 1'/z x 1 2.31 0.73 40 x 25 58.67 0.33 1'/T x 1'A 2.31 0.80 40 x 32 58.67 0.36 2 x'/z 2.81 0.94 50 x 15 71.37 0.43 2 x 1/4 2.81 0.99 50 x 20 71.37 0.45 2 x 1 2.81 1.03 50 x 25 71.37 0.47 2 x 1'/a 2.81 1.17 50 x 32 71.37 0.53 2 x 1'/z 2.81 1.25 50 x 40 71.37 0.57 FIGURE 3121R - REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 2'/2 x 1'/4 3.25 1.81 65 x 32 82.55 0.82 21h x 1'/2 3.25 1.90 65 x 40 82.55 0.86 2'/z x 2 3.25 2.04 65 x 50 82.55 0.93 3 x 1 3.69 2.48 80 x 25 93.73 1.12 3 x 1'/a 3.69 2.55 80 x 32 93.73 1.16 3 x 1'/2 3.69 2.67 80 x 40 93.73 1.21 3 x 2 3.69 2.78 80 x 50 93.73 1.26 3 x 2'/z 3.69 3.23 80 x 65 93.73 1.47 4 x 1'/2 4.38 4.18 100 x 40 111.25 1.90 4 x 2 4.38 4.43 100 x 50 111.25 2.01 4x2'/z 4.38 4.87 100 x 65 111.25 2.21 4 x 3 4.38 5.29 100 x 80 111.25 2.40 SPF/MI-1.15 Victaulic° FireLock"' Fittings 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 11/4 — 8"/DN32 — DN200 ✓ctaullc 10.03 Maximum Working Pressure • Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLockTm Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Fire Lock EZTM Style 009N couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information). Application • FireLockTM fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Pipe Materials • Carbon steel 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c RL us UK FM! LPCB !el VdS C E C A «� LISTED\� �/ EN 10311 BS EN 10311 CPR (EU) CPR (UK) No. 305/2011 2019 No. 465 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: (specify choice) LJ Orange coating. ❑ Red coating (standard for EMEA-1 and Asia Pacific). ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 10.03 1539 Rev P Updated 07/2022 0 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 Actaullc victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS �CtoE+toE� u ctoE o 0 Fr c c to olo to e No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each T Each inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 11/4 1.660 - - - - - - 0.82 0.3 DN32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 0.82 0.4 DN40 48.3 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 DN65 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76 1.7 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 DN100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 8.515 6.81 23.1 - - 6.94 33.6 - - 216.3 173 10.5 - - 176 15.2 - - 10.03 1539 Rev P Updated 07/202 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe' No. 002 Actual Elbows Straight Tee No.001 No.003 Nominal Outside Size Diameter 90' Elbow 45' Elbow Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters 1 1/4 1.660 - - - - DN32 42.4 - - - - 11/2 1.900 - - - - DN40 48.3 - - - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 DN65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 DN 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 DN 125 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 DN 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 8.515 13.0 - 33.0 13.0 216.3 4.0 - 10.1 4.0 1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. 10.03 1539 Rev P Updated 07/202 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS General Notes NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZT" couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZT°" Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock" No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: Victaulic® FireLockT"l Rigid Coupling Style 009N 10.02: Victaulic@ FireLockT^^ Rigid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-PlusTm Gasket System 29.01: Victaulic@ Terms and Conditions of Sale User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending' refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.03 1539 Rev P Updated 07/202 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulic° 4 Firel-ock"' Installation -Ready"" Rigid Couplings ✓ctaulli Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 11/4 — 127DN32 — DN300 • Style 109: 11/4 — 4"/DN32 — DN100 Pipe Material • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) to 365 psi/2517 kPa Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01 • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c � us FM OLpcBVdS ( E UK LISTED APPROVED CA UPS 1219: Issue3.1 EN 10311 BS EN 10311 Cert/LPCB Ref. 104-1a/36 CPR (EU) CPR (UK) No. 305/2011 2019 No. 465 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 Ectaulic° victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Li Orange coating ❑ Red coating (standard for EMEA-I and Asia Pacific) ❑ Optional for Style O09N: Hot Dipped Galvanized per ASTM A123 ❑ Optional for Style 109: Mechanically Galvanized per ASTM B695 (available only in North America and Latin America). Gasket: (specify choice) [` Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic -Plus"" Pre -lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil -free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at-40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolt(s) meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M1O-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). ❑ Optional for Style OO9N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling -resistant coating.' 1 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type III Finish. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling J �rl ,rl� iy Iri r�� Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Pre -assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Pipe End Approx. X Y X Y Nominal Diameter Pressure2 Load2 Separation3 Qty. Size Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10 x 51 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10 x 51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/2 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10 x 63 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/z 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/2 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10 x 63 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/z 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 1 M10 x 63 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/z 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10 x 63 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/8 x 21/z 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M 10 x 63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 1 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3/8 x 21/z 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 M10 x 63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 1/z x 3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141.3 2517 39456 4.32 M12 x 76 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 7901 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 M12 x 76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5.500 365 8672 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN125 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12 x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 21 1/z x 31/4 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 DN150 1 168.3 2517 1 44469 4.32 M12x83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 1/2 x 31/4 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 2 M12 x 83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 365 12112 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 1/4 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 M12 x 83 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 5/8 x 4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 2 M16 x 101 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 5/8 x 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4.32 1 M16x101 270 1 337 1 260 1 257 1 67 1 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 2 7/s x 61/2 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 M22 x 165 1 349 432 337 435 70 10.3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 2 7/8 x 61/z 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 27.6 DN300 323.9 2068 170380 6.4 M22 x 165 406 483 394 486 70 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Fire Lock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation -Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling II�II Nil oil Size Max. Max. Allow. Pipe Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Pre -Assembled Assembled Outside Working End End Sep. Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure Load Maximum Qty. Size YL YB X z YL YB X z (Each) inches inches psi Lbs. inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm m m mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 3/8 x 21/4 1.97 2.49 3.17 1.95 1.93 2.59 2.84 1.95 1.5 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 1 M10 x 57 50 63 81 50 49 66 72 50 0.7 11/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 3/8 x 21/4 2.13 2.60 3.41 1.95 2.1 2.68 3.07 1.95 1.6 DN40 48.3 2517 4603 2.54 1 M10 x 57 54 66 87 50 53 68 78 50 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 3/s x 21/4 2.32 2.85 3.76 1.98 2.29 2.95 3.45 1.98 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7192 3.048 1 M10 x 57 59 72 96 50 58 75 88 50 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 3/e x 21/4 2.63 3.09 4.29 1.99 2.61 3.15 3.93 1.99 2.1 73.0 2517 1 10540 3.048 1 1 M10x571 67 78 109 51 66 80 100 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 7A6 x 2 3/4 2.68 3.22 4.56 2.03 2.64 3.45 4.22 2.03 2.4 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.048 1 M11 x69 68 82 116 52 67 88 107 52 1.1 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 7/6 x 2 3/4 2.93 3.53 5.13 2.07 2.89 3.78 4.67 2.07 2.7 DN80 88.9 2517 15620 3.048 1 M11 x69 74 90 130 53 73 96 119 53 1.2 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 7/16 x 2 3/4 3.47 4.01 6.03 2.08 3.43 4.22 5.56 2.08 3.5 DN100 114.3 2068 21223 4.318 1 M11 x69 88 102 153 53 87 107 141 53 1.6 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Fire Lock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation -Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic virtaidir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPC13 Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 365 365 363 363 363 363 11/4 1.660 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 11/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 2 2.375 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN50 60.3 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 — 363 2.875 21/2 2517 2517 2503 2503 — 2503 73.0 25 25 25 25 — 25 365' — 3638 — 363 363 DN65 2517' — 2503' — 2500 2500 7600 257 — 258 — 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 — 363 363 — — 4.250 — — 2503 2503 — - 108.0 - — 25 25 — — 365 365 363 363 363 363 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 8 5.2500 _ — 25038 — 133.0 33. — — 258 — — — 2909 — 3638 — 232 363 DN125 500 20009 — 25038 — 1600 2500 139.7 39.7 209 — 258 — 16 25 290 365 363 363 232 363 5 5.563 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 141.3 20 25 25 25 16 25 8 6.59 8 2503803 — — _ 159 — — 258 — — — 29010 — 3638 — — 363 200010 — 25038 — — 2500 165 2010 — 258 — I — 1 25 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20.6 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the head of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulic virtaidir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 300 365 300 363 232 363 6 6.625 2068 2517 2068 2503 1600 2500 DN150 168.3 20 25 20 25 16 25 290 — 3638 — — — 8.515 2000 — 2503' — — — 216.3 20 — 25' — — — 300 365 30012 363 232 363 8 8 8.625 2068 2517 206812 2503 1600 2500 D 219.1 20 25 2012 25 16 25 30013 300 30012 300 — 290 10 10 .7 .750 206813 2068 206812 2068 — 2000 DN250 2 0 2013 20 2012 20 — 20 30013 300 25012 300 — 290 12 12 .750 206813 2068 172012 2068 — 2000 DN300 3.75 2013 20 1712 20 — 20 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40' F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20.6 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the head of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com n ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvalsls The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIM m m bar bar bar bar bar bar 365 365 365 365 232 363 11/4 1.660 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 16 365 232 25 365 365 365 363 11/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 232 363 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 — — 21/2 2.875 2517 2517 2517 2517 — — 73.0 25 25 25 25 — — 365 365 365 365 232 363 3.000 DN65 76.1 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 232 363 3 3.500 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 DN80 88.9 25 25 25 25 16 25 300 300 300 300 290 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 2068 2068 2068 2068 IJ— — 2000 20 2 2 20 15 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. NOTE • With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20.6 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the head of the bolt. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cU Lus FM psi psi inches kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 1 1/4-4 300 EF DN32 — DN100 2068 N/A 20 300 300 1 1/4 — 2 EL DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 ET40 1 1/4 — 2 2068 N/A DN32 — DN50 20 300 EZF 3-4 2068 N/A DN80 — DN 100 20 300 300 EZT 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 FF 1 1/2 — 4 2068 N/A DN40 — DN 100 20 300 300 GL 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 300 1 1/4-4 2068 2068 DN32 — DN 100 20 20 MF 175 175 6 1205 1205 DN150 12 12 300 300 MT 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 MILT 1 1/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 300 TF 2'/z — 4 N/A 2068 73.0 mm — DN100 20 300 300 WG5, WGSE, WF5, WG7, WG7E, WL7 1 1/4 — 4 2068 2068 DN32 — DN 100 20 20 300 300 WLS 11/4-2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MILT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG5, WGSE, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com S ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 300 1 1/4 — 21/2 N/A 2068 DN32 — 73.0 mm 20 300 EF 11/2 — 21/2 20668 N/A DN40 — 73.0 mm 20 300 300 3-4 DN80 — DN100 2068 2068 20 20 300 11/4-2 DN32 — DN50 N/A 2068 20 Easy -Flow 300 3-4 N/A 2068 DN80 — DN100 20 300 EL 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 300 300 11/4 — 2 ET40 DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 EZT 300 11/2-2 2068 N/A DN40 — DN50 20 300 300 FF 11/z 4 20268 20068 DN40 — DN 100 20 300 GL 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 300 300 MF 11/4 — 4 20268 20068 DN32 — DN100 20 300 300 1 1/4-2 MT DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 300 MILT 11/4 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 1 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy -Flow = Easy -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MILT = MILT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG5, WG5E, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, and WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, WGalweld 7E, and WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnnn 5.3 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Specialty Pipe Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 300 TF 21/2 —4 N/A 2068 73.00 mm — DIN 100 300 20 WG5, WG5E, WF5, WL7 1'/4-4 2068 N/A DN32 — DIN 100 20 300 300 WG7, WG7E 1 1/4 — 4 2068 2068 DN32 — DIN 100 20 20 300 WLS 1 1/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy -Flow = Easy -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MILT = MILT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG5, WG5E, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, and WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, WGalweld 7E, and WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING _ Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt -welded pipe with sizes 2'VDN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 25.01: Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 1-009N: Installation Instructions Fire Lock EZTm Rigid Coupling Style 009N 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook 1-109: Installation Instructions FireLockTm One -Bolt Rigid Coupling Style 109 I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions I -IMPACT: Impact Tool Usage Guidelines User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.64 07072 Rev S Updated 08/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 ✓ctauli Victaulic° Flexible Coupling ✓ctaulilc Style 75 06.05 1 — 87DN25 — DN200 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 — 8"/DN25 — DN200 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • Stainless steel • For exceptions see section 6.0 Notifications Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar • Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application • Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories • Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection • Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS D 9us &> VdS OLPCB QP LISTED APPROVED NOTES • Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. • See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev R Updated 03/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 Aictaullil victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized ❑ Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: (specify choice') Lj Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30OF to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil -free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+820C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. ❑ Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range —20OF to +180°F/--290C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER. ❑ Others For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - Heavy Hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). ❑ Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only. 06.05 1470 Rev R Updated 03/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 75 Flexible Coupling ISO i� r � IF, rF � 10 Iall 1rl Pipe End Deflection from Size Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each) inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb DIN mm mm Degrees mm/m metric mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 0-0.06 0 2 -43 0.57 2 3/8 x 2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 DN25 33.7 0-1.6 47 M10 x 51 61 108 45 0.5 1 '/4 1.660 0-0.06 0.45 3/8 x 2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 DN32 42.4 0-1.6 20 -10 37 2 M 10 x 51 68 117 45 0.5 1 1/2 1.900 0-0.06 10_56' 0.40 2 3/s x 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 DN40 48.3 0-1.6 33 M10 x 51 1 74 122 45 0.5 2 2.375 0-0.06 10 -31 0.32 2 3/s x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 DN50 60.3 0-1.6 27 M10 x 51 87 133 48 1.0 21/2 2.875 0-0.06 10-15' 0.26 2 3/8 x 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 73.0 0-1.6 22 M10 x 51 98 144 48 1.0 3.000 0-0.06 10 -12 0.26 2 3/s x 2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 DN65 76.1 0-1.6 22 M10 x 51 102 150 48 1.0 3 3.500 0-0.06 0 1 2 0.22 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 DN80 88.9 0-1.6 18 M12 x 70 114 178 48 1.5 3 1/2 4.000 0-0.06 0 540 ' 0.19 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 DN90 101.6 0-1.6 16 M12 x 70 127 191 48 1.5 4 4.500 0-0.13 10-36' 0.34 2 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 DN100 114.3 0-3.2 28 M12 x 70 147 204 54 2.0 4.250 0-0.13 10-41' 0.35 2 1/2 x 23/4 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 0-3.2 29 M12 x 70 141 198 54 1.5 5.000 0-0.13 10_ 26 0.25 2 1/8 x 31/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 127.0 0-3.2 21 M16 x 83 156 240 54 2.5 5.250 0-0.13 10-21' 0.28 2 1/s x 3'/4 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 0-3.2 23 M 16 x 83 166 238 54 2.5 5.500 0-0.13 10_ 18 0.28 2 1/8 x 31/4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 DN125 139.7 0-3.2 23 M16 x 83 173 244 54 3.0 5 5.563 0-0.13 10-18, 0.27 2 5/s x 31/4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 141.3 0-3.2 22 M16 x 83 175 256 54 2.5 6.000 0-0.13 0 1 12 0.21 2 5/8x 3'/4 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 0-3.2 17 M16 x 83 187 266 48 3.0 6.250 0-0.13 19 0_ 0.24 2 -1/8 x 31/4 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 0-3.2 20 M16 x 83 194 266 54 3.0 6.500 0-0.13 10_ 7 0.23 2 % x 31/4 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6 165.1 0-3.2 19 M 16 x 83 199 271 53 3.0 6 6.625 0-0.13 10_5, 0.23 2 5/s x 31/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 DN150 168.3 0-3.2 19 M16 x 83 203 281 54 3.0 0-0.13 0 0 -51 0.18 2 3/4 x 5 10.19 13.75 2.32 13.2 200A4 216.3 0-3.2 15 M20 x 127 259 350 59 6.0 8 8.625 0-0.13 0 0 -50' 0.18 2 3/4 x 5 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 DN200 219.1 0-3.2 15 M20 x 127 263 355 59 5.5 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 3 1/27DN20 - DN90; 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger. 4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size NOTE • Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 06.05 1470 Rev R Updated 03/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctauli r° victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 75 Flexible Coupling Size Actual Maximum Outside Working Maximum Nominal Diameter Pressures End Loads inches inches psi lb DIN mm kPa N 1 1.315 500 680 DN25 33.7 3447 3024 1 1/4 1.660 500 1080 DN32 42.4 3447 4804 1 1/2 1.900 500 1420 DN40 48.3 3447 6316 2 2.375 500 2215 DN50 60.3 3447 9852 21/2 2.875 500 3245 73.0 3447 14434 3.000 500 3535 DN65 76.1 3447 15724 3 3.500 500 4800 DN80 88.9 3447 21352 31/2 4.000 500 6300 DN90 101.6 3447 28024 4 4.500 500 7950 DN 100 114.3 3447 35364 4.250 450 6380 108.0 3103 28380 5.000 450 8820 127.0 3103 39234 5.250 450 9735 133.0 3103 43304 5.500 450 10665 DN 125 139.7 3103 47440 5 5.563 450 10935 141.3 3103 48642 6.000 450 12735 152.4 3103 56648 6.250 450 13800 159.0 3103 61386 6.500 450 14930 165.1 3103 66412 6 6.625 450 15525 DN 150 168.3 3103 69058 450 25625 200A4 216.3 3103 113986 8 8.625 450 26280 DN200 219.1 3103 116900 4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size 5 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1V2 times the figures shown. 06.05 1470 Rev R Updated 03/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING Am • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt -welded pipe with sizes NPS 2'7DN50 and smaller Vic- taulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction 06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe 10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products 17.09: Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic Design Data 29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Cap Installation Safety Instructions User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending' refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 06.05 1470 Rev R Updated 03/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulic° 5 Victaulic° Grooved End Fittings No. 20 Tee No. 10 Elbow 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 3/4 — 24"/DN20 — DN600 Pipe Material • Carbon steel ✓ctaulicr 07.01 Maximum Working Pressure • Pressure ratings for Victaulic standard fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings (refer to publication 06.04 for more information). Application • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components • Supplied with Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) grooves • Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings, valves, accessories and pipe which feature ends formed with the Victaulic OGS groove profile NOTES • For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems for carbon steel pipe, Victaulic offers fittings for the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Refer to publication 20.05 for more information. • These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings. Intended for use only in grooved piping systems. When connecting wafer or lug type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters, be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ;ctauliic virtaidir rnm 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS e uL us FM OLPCB uSTED APPROVED vds C E CA EN 10311 BS EN 10311 CPR (EU) CPR (UK) No. 305/2011 2019 No. 465 NOTES • When supplied as "hot dip galvanized" the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold +86°F/+30°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372: No. 10 90' Elbow, No. 11 45' Elbow, No. 12 221h° Elbow, No. 13 111/a° Elbow, No. 100 90' Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 45' Long Radius Elbow, No. 20 Tee, No. 25 Tee with Grooved Branch, No. 30 45' Lateral, No. 60 Cap, No. 50 Concentric Reducers, No. 51 Eccentric Reducers. • The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90' Elbow, No.11 45° Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. • The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 90' Elbow, No.11 45' Elbow, No.12 22 1h Elbow, No.13 11 1/a° Elbow, No.30 45' Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. • The following Victaulic fittings are FM approved: No.10 90' Elbow, Noll 45' Elbow, No.12 221h Elbow, No.13 11 V4' Elbow, No.30 45' Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee and No.50 Concentric Reducer. • Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide to view which sizes of the fittings listed above have active fire protection approvals. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: (specify choice) LJ Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. ❑ Optional: Segmentally welded carbon steel, standard wall, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B Nipples: (specify choice) L] 3/4 - 6/DN20 - DN150: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B ❑ 8 - 127DN200 - DN300: Carbon steel, standard wall, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) ❑ Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B16.1 ❑ Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI 1316.5, raised or flat face ❑ Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI 1316.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel ❑ Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: None (Unfinished) ❑ Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnnn 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 No. 51 fi -EtoE� No. 50 No. 51 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb DIN mm mm kg mm kg 1 DN25 x 3/4 DN20 1.315 33.7 x 1.050 26.9 8.00 (s) 203 + 00 (s) 203 + 1'/4 x 3/4 1.660 x 1.050 8.00 (s) 1.3 0 (s) 1.3 DN32 DN20 42.4 26.9 203 0.6 03 0.6 2.50 0.6 8. (s) 1.4 1 1.315 DN25 33.7 64 0.3 2 0.6 1'/2 x 3/4 1.900 x 1.050 8.50 (s) 1.5 8.5 s) 1.5 DN40 DN20 48.3 26.9 216 0.7 21 0.7 2.50 0.8 8.50( 1.7 1 1.315 DN25 33.7 64 0.4 216 0.8 2.50 0.9 8.50 (s) 1.8 1'/4 1.660 DN32 42.4 64 0.4 216 0.8 2 x 3/4 2.375 x 1.050 2.50 0.8 9.00 (s) 2.2 DN50 DN20 60.3 26.9 64 0.4 229 1.0 2.50 0.7 9.00 (s) 2.3 1 1.315 DN25 33.7 64 0.3 229 1.0 2.50 0.8 9.00 (s) 2.5 1'/4 1'/4 DN32 DN32 64 0.4 229 1.1 2.50 1.2 3.50 1.1 1'/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 64 0.5 89 0.5 2'/2 x 3/4 DN20 2.875 73.0 x 1.050 26.9 9.50 (s) 241 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 2.50 1.4 9.50 (s) 3.4 1 1.315 DN25 33.7 64 0.6 241 1.5 2.50 1.4 3.50 1.3 1'/4 1'/4 DN32 DN32 64 0.6 89 0.6 2.50 1.4 9.50 (s) 8 1'/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 64 0.6 241 7 2.50 1.5 3.50 1 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 64 0.7 89 0. DN65 x 1 DN25 3.000 76.1 x 1.315 33.7 2.50 64 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 2.50 64 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 1'/4 DN32 1.660 42.4 2.50 64 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 1'/2 DN40 1.900 48.3 2.50 64 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 2.50 64 + 9.50 (s) 241 + 2'/2 2.875 73.0 1 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel NA = Not Available ..+" = Contact Victaulic for details NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (s). • Available with make threaded small end No. 52 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30YDN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctauliic victaulic.com 4.15 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED) Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Ito E� No. 51 EtoE� No. 50 No. 51 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb DIN mm mm kg mm kg 3 DN80 x 3/4 DN20 3.500 88.9 x 1.050 26.9 9.50 (s) 241 + (s) + 2.50 4.8 1 1.315 \241 1.8 (s) DN25 33.7 64 0.8 1 2.2 2.50 5.0 1'A 1.660 1.4 (s) DN32 42.4 64 0.6 1 2.3 2.50 5.1 1'/2 1.900 2.0 9.5 s) DN40 48.3 64 0.9 24 2.3 2.50 1.6 3.5 1.9 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 64 0.7 89 0.9 2.50 1.7 3.50 2.1 2'/2 2.875 73.0 64 0.7 89 1.0 2.50 2.1 9.50 (s) 5.4 3.000 DN65 76.1 64 1.0 241 2.4 3'/2 x 3 4.000 x 3.500 2.50 2.1 10.00 (s) 7.0 DN90 DN80 101.6 88.9 64 1.0 254 3.2 4.250 108.0 x 2.875 73.0 3.50 89 + NA NA 3.50 89 + NA NA 3.000 76.1 3.50 89 + NA NA 3.500 88.9 4 x 1 4.500 x 1.315 3.00 3.0 10.00 (s) 6.5 DN100 DN25 114.3 33.7 76 1.4 254 2.9 10.00 (s) 10.00 (s) 1 '/4 1.660 DN32 42.4 254 + 254 + 3.00 2.6 10.00 (s) .9 11/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 76 1.2 254 .1 3.00 3.4 4.00 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 76 1.5 102 1. 3.00 3.3 4.00 3. 3.000 DN65 76.1 76 1.5 102 1.4 3.00 3.3 4.00 3.1 21/2 2.875 73.0 76 1.5 102 1.4 3.00 3.2 4.00 3.4 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 76 1.5 102 1.5 3.00 3.0 10.00 (s) 8.1 31/2 4.000 DN90 101.6 76 1.4 254 3.7 5.250 133.0 x 4.250 108.0 4.50 1 ML 114 + NA NA For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel NA = Not Available "+" = Contact Victaulic for details NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (s). • Available with make threaded small end No. 52 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 307DN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Ito E� No. 51 EtoEL�] No. 50 No. 51 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb DIN mm mm kg mm kg x 2 5.500 x 2.375 11.00 (s) 1.00 (s) DN125 DN50 139.7 60.3 279 279 4.50 4.1 1 X00 (s) 10.7 3.000 DN65 76.1 114 1.9 179 4.9 4.50 114 5.7 2.6 11.10(s) 219 + 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 4.50 114 5.1 2.3 5. 12 + 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 5 x 2 5.563 x 2.375 11.00 (s) 10.1 11.00 ) 10.1 DN50 141.3 60.3 279 4.6 279 4.6 4.00 4.3 11.00 10.8 21/2 2.875 73.0 102 2.0 279 4.9 4.00 5.7 11.00 (s) 11.1 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 102 2.6 279 5.0 11.00 (s) 11.00 (s) 31/2 4.000 DN90 101.6 279 + 279 + 3.50 4.3 5.00 5.5 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 89 2.0 127 2.5 6.250 x 3.500 159.0 88.9 4.50 114 + NA NA 4.00 102 + NA NA 4.250 108.0 4.00 102 + NA NA 4.500 114.3 4.00 102 + NA NA 5.250 133.0 6.500 x 2.375 4.00 165.1 60.3 102 6.1 2.8 11.50 (s) 292 A 5.9 10.50 (s) 1 1 3.000 4.00 76.1 102 2.7 292 8. 6.2 5.50 6. 3.500 4.00 88.9 102 2.8 140 2.8 6.2 5.50 6.8 4.500 4.00 114.3 102 2.8 140 3.1 5.6 5.50 8.0 5.500 4.00 k 139.7 102 2.5 140 3.6 6.4 5.50 7.5 5.563 4.00 141.3 102 2.9 140 3.4 6.6 3.0 NA NA 1 6.250 4.00 1 159.0 102 ' For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel NA = Not Available "+" = Contact Victaulic for details NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (s). • Available with make threaded small end No. 52 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30YDN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com E• ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 No. 51 EtoE� No. 50 No. 51 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb DIN mm mm kg mm kg 6 x 1 DN150 DN25 6.625 x 1.315 168.3 33.7 4.00 102 6.2 2.8 1 50 (s) 2 + 11.50 (s) 11. (s) 1 1/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 292 + 2 + 4.00 6.6 11.50 ) 14.2 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 102 3.0 292 6.4 4.00 6.4 11.50 (s 14.2 21/2 2.875 73.0 102 2.9 292 6.4 11.50 (s) 11.50 (s) 3.000 DN65 76.1 292 + 292 + 4.00 6.4 5.50 7.4 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 102 2.9 140 3.4 4.00 5.8 5.50 7.8 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 102 2.6 140 3.5 4.00 6.4 5.50 8.1 5.500 DN125 139.7 102 2.9 140 3.7 4.00 6.4 5.50 8.1 5 5.563 141.3 102 2.9 140 3.7 4.00 7.2 11.50 (s) 6.500 165.1 102 3.3 292 8.515 x 3.500 216.3 88.9 5.00 127 + NA N 5.00 127 + NA NA 4.500 114.3 4.50 114 + NA NA 5.500 139.7 20 AA x 165A 216.3 x 6.500 165.1 5.00 127 9.5 4.3 NA NA 1 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel NA = Not Available "+" = Contact Victaulic for details NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (s). • Available with make threaded small end No. 52 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30YDN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 50 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 No. 51 EtoE� No. 50 No. 51 Size Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Actual Outside Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb ON mm mm kg mm kg 8 DN200 x 21/2 8.625 219.1 x 2.875 73.0 12.00 (s) 305 + 2.00 (s) 305 + 12.00 (s) 1 .00 (s) 76.1 mm 76.1 305 + 05 + 5.00 9.3 12VO (s) 22.0 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 127 4.2 313 10.0 5.00 127 11.5 5.2 NA 4.250 108.0 5.00 10.4 6.0 10.5 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 127 4.7 152 4.8 5.00 11.7 12.00 24.5 5.500 DN125 139.7 127 5.3 305 11.1 5.00 11.6 12.00 (s 23.8 5 5.563 141.3 127 5.3 305 10.8 4.50 114 11.9 5.4 NA NA 6.250 159.0 4.50 12.6 6.00 12.8 6.500 165.1 114 5.7 152 5.8 5.00 11.9 6.00 13.2 6 6.625 DN150 168.3 127 5.4 152 6.0 10 x 4 10.750 x 4.500 6.25 20.1 13.00 (s) 33.8 DN250 DN100 273.0 114.3 159 9.1 330 15.3 13.00 (s) 13.00 (s) 35.7 5.500 DN125 139.7 330 + 330 16.2 5 5.563 13.00 (s) 35.8 13.00 (s) 35.8 141.3 330 16.2 330 16.2 6.00 13.00 (s) 6.500 165.1 152 + 330 + 6.00 22.0 13.00 (s) 6.9 6 6.625 DN150 168.3 152 10.0 330 .7 6.00 23.0 7.00 31.0 8 8.625 DN200 219.1 152 10.4 178 118 250A x 200A 267.4 x 216.3 6.00 152 23.0 10A NA N 12 x 4 12.750 x 4.500 14.00 (s) 48.0 14.00 (s) 48. DN300 DN100 323.9 114.3 356 21.8 356 21.8 14.00 (s) 14.00 (s) 6.500 165.1 356 + 356 + 6 6.625 7.00 25.0 14.00 (s) 50.2 DN150 168.3 178 11.3 356 22.8 8 8.625 7.00 38.0 14.00 (s) 53.5 DN200 219.1 1 178 1 17.2 1 356 24.3 10 10.750 7.00 38.0 14.00 (s) 56.5 DN200 273.0 1 178 1 17.2 1 356 25.6 1 For 14"/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel NA = Not Available Y' = Contact Victaulic for details NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (s). • Available with make threaded small end No. 52 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 307DN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 51 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 221/2' elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 45' elbow. Values of mid -sizes can be interpolated. Size 90° Elbows 45' Elbows No. 100 No. 110 Tees Actual Outside No. 10 11/2 D No. 11 11/2 D Nominal Diameter Std. Radius Long Radius Std. Radius Long Radius Branch Run inches inches feet inches feet inches feet feet DIN mm meters mm meters mm meters meters 3/4 1.050 1.4 0.7 3.3 1.4 DN20 26.9 0.4 0.2 1.0 0.4 1 1.315 1.7 0.8 4.2 1.7 DN25 33.7 0.5 0.2 1.3 0.5 1'/4 1.660 3.8 4.5 6.1 1.5 DN32 42.4 1.1 _ 1.4 1.9 0.5 11/2 1.900 5.5 3.7 6.1 1.2 DN40 48.3 1.7 1.1 1.9 0.4 2 2.375 3.6 2.5 1.8 1.1 8.5 3.6 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 3.000 4.3 2.3 10.8 4.3 DN65 76.1 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3 3.500 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 1.0 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 5.0 3.4 2.1 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 4.9 2.1 5.250 8.1 4.1 20.0 8.1 133.0 2.5 1.3 6.1 2.5 5.500 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 DN125 139.7 2.6 _ 1.3 _ 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159.0 2.9 _ 1.5 7.6 2.9 6.500 9.6 5.0 25.0 10.0 165.1 2.9 1.5 7.6 3.0 6 6.625 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 DN150 168.3 3.0 2.3 1.5 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.1 9.8 6.5 4.0 33.1 13.1 DN200 219.1 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.2 10.1 4.0 10 10.750 17.0 12.0 8.3 5.0 41.0 17.0 DN250 273.0 5.2 3.7 2.5 1.5 12.5 5.2 12 12.750 20.0 14.5 10.0 6.0 50.0 20.0 DN300 323.9 6.1 4.4 3.0 1.8 15.2 6.1 14 14.000 24.5' 15.8 18.5' 11.0 70.0 23.0 DN350 355.6 7.5 4.8 5.6 3.4 21.3 7.0 16 16.000 28.0' 18.0 21.0' 13.0 80.0 27.0 DN400 406.4 8.5 5.5 6.4 4.0 24.4 8.2 18 18.000 31.0' 20.0 23.5' 14.0 90.0 30.0 DN450 457.2 9.4 6.1 7.2 4.3 27.4 9.1 20 20.000 34.0' 22.5 25.5' 16.0 100.0 33.0 DN500 508.0 10.4 6.9 7.8 4.9 30.5 10.1 24 24.000 42.0' 27.0 29.5' 19.0 120.0 40.0 DN600 609.6 12.8 8.2 9.0 IL 5.8 36.6 12.2 Fitting flow data for 14-24/DN350-DN600 size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and Style 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W10 and No. W11 Elbows), refer to publication 20.05. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 59 ✓ctaulic virtaulir_rnm 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic _ products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Confirm that any equipment, branch lines, or sections of piping that may have been isolated for/during testing or due to valve closures/positioning are identified, depressurized, and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maitenance of any Victaulic products. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com •I ✓ctnullc® victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending' refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 07.01 1449 Rev AM Updated 08/2024 © 2024 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 62 ✓ctal lac VALVES Firel-ock® Butterfly Valve ✓ctaulEc® Series 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 10.81 Tf 11 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • Available Sizes: 2 — 12"/50 — 300 mm • cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa 120 bar. • Designed for fire protection services only. • Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use. • Actuation options: Hand wheel (2 — 12"/50 — 300 mm) • Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials). 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS C&S <FM VdS OLPCB ( ( -1 LISTED `J G410001 LPS 1185: e-3.1 Cert/LPCB Ref. 104j/01 846a/01 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 0 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 /Ctaulic virtaulir rnm 2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve Size cULus FM Vds LPCB 2 50 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 21/2 65 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 3 80 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 4 100 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 5 125 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 139.7 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 6 150 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 8 200 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 10 250 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 12 300 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2 — 6"/50 — 150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8 — 12"/200 — 300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to ASTM B-733 Seat: Grade "E" EPDM Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel Actuator: ❑ 2 — 8750 — 200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing ❑ 10 — 127250 — 300 mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 705 Size Dimensions Actual Outside E to E DIA Nominal Diameter A B C D E F G H J inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 _ _ 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 21/2 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 _ _ 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 76.1 mm 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 _ _ 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 _ _ 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 108mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 _ _ 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 _ _ 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 133 mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 139.7mm 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 _ _ 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 159mm 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 165.1 mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 _ 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 _ 12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58A 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 _ NOTE • Optional 'h"/15 mm tap available. Contact Victaulic for details. 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 0 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulim victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Series 705 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Nominal Outside Equivalent Size Diameter mm mm Feet/m inches inches of pipe 2 2.375 6 50 60.3 1.8 6 21/2 2.875 65 73.0 1.8 76.1 mm 3.000 6 76.1 1.8 3 3.500 7 80 88.9 2.1 4 4.500 8 100 114.3 2.4 108 mm 108 mm 8 2.4 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 3.7 133 mm 133 mm 12 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 139.7 3.7 6 6.625 14 150 168.3 4.2 159 mm 159 mm 14 4.3 165.1 mm 6.500 14 165.1 4.2 8 8.625 16 200 219.1 4.9 10 10.750 18 250 273.0 5.5 12 12.750 19 300 323.9 5.8 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Series 705 Cv values for flow of water at +600F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for Cv values Formulas for Kv values AP = Q2 Where: AP = Q2 C 2 Q= Flow (GPM) K 2 AP = Pressure Drop (psi) Q = Cv x AP Cv = Flow Coefficient Q = K x AP Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches C mm mm 2 2.375 170 50 60.3 21/2 2.875 260 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 260 76.1 3 3.500 440 80 88.9 4 4.500 820 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 820 5 5.563 1200 125 141.3 133 mm 133 mm 1200 139.7mm 5.500 1200 139.7 6 6.625 1800 150 168.3 159 mm 159 mm 1800 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 8 8.625 3400 200 219.1 10 10.750 5800 250 273.0 12 12.750 9000 300 323.9 Where: Q = Flow W/hr) AP = Pressure Drop (Bar) K = Flow Coefficient Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches K mm mm 2 2.375 147 50 60.3 21/2 2.875 225 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 225 76.1 3 3.500 380 80 88.9 4 4.500 710 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 710 5 5.563 1040 125 141.3 133 mm 133 mm 1040 139.7 mm 5.500 1040 139.7 6 6.625 1560 150 168.3 159 mm 159 mm 1560 165.1 mm 6.500 1560 165.1 8 8.625 2940 200 219.1 10 10.750 5020 250 273.0 12 12.750 300 323.9 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctauliic virfnnlir rnm 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Switch and Wiring 1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre -wired switches. 2. Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps @ 250 VDC 3. Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position. 5. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below). The second switch has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. 6. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. Switch #1 = S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch #2 = S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction S1 Normally Closed: (2) Blue Common: (2) Yellow S2 fNormally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe UL LISTED JUNCTION BOX CONDUIT h'NPT CONDUIT CONNECTORS P WIRE NUTS FIRE ALARM TO END -OF -LINE RESISTOR, CONTROL PANEL OR NEXT INDICATOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT i,l:; NO. COM. SWITCH CONTACT RATING: 10A AT 125 AND ■ S1 250VAC, O.SA AT 125 VDC, 0.25 AT 250 VDC ■ ■ 52 BELL OR VOLTAGE SOURCE HORN Switch 1:2leads per termina Switch 2:1 lead per terminal NOTES • The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal (yellow — S1 and yellow -with -orange stripe — S2) and the normally closed terminal (blue — S1 and blue -with -orange stripe — S2). In this example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). • Only S1 (two leads per terminal) may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. • The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70 (NEC). 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 0 ✓ctaulir victaulic.com 7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Field Installation Handbook User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.81 05662 Rev J Updated 03/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulim tqC00 Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve External Resetting IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Scan the QR code or enter the URL in a web browser to access the most up-to-date electronic version of this document. Data rates may apply. docs.'ci.com/tycofire/tfpl 020 General Description The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves are differential valves used to automatically control the flow of water into dry pipe fire protection sprinkler systems upon operation of one or more automatic sprinklers. The DPV-1 also provides for actuation of fire alarms upon system operation. The Model DPV-1 features are as follows: • External reset. • 250 psi (17,2 bar) pressure rating. • Unique offset single clapper design enabling a simple compact valve to minimize installation labor. • Ductile iron construction to ensure a lightweight valve to minimize ship- ping cost. • A variety of inlet and outlet connections. • Compact, Pre -Trimmed, and Semi - Assembled, easy to operate valve trim. • Simple reset procedure through the elimination of priming water. Worldwide I Contacts Iwww tyco-fire.com Available Sizes and End Connections End Connection Nominal Valve Size 2-1/2 in. (DN65) 3 in. (DN80) 4 in. (DN100) 6 in. (DN150) Flange x Flange N/A N/A • Flange x Groove N/A N/A • Groove x Groove • • = Available N/A = Not Available Dry pipe sprinkler systems are used in unheated warehouses, parking garages, store windows, attic spaces, loading docks, and other areas exposed to freezing tempera- tures, where water filled pipe cannot be utilized. When set for service, the dry pipe sprinkler system is pressur- ized with air (or nitrogen). The loss of pressure through an operated auto- matic sprinkler in response to heat from a fire permits the DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve to open and allow a flow of water into the sprinkler system piping. Table B establishes the minimum required system air pressure that includes a safety factor to help prevent false operations that might occur due to water supply fluctuations. NOTICE The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction, such as FM Global. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. In all cases, the appropriate NFPA or FM Global installation standard, or other applicable standard, must be referenced to ensure applicability and to obtain complete installation guide- lines. The general guidelines in this data sheet are not intended to provide complete installation criteria. Page 1 of 20 APRIL 2024 TFP1O2O TFP1020 Page 2 of 20 11 I 2 3 RESET 4 PLUNGER PARTS 5 1 6 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF. 1 Valve Body ....... 1 NR1 2 Air and Water Seat ............ 1 NR1 3 Handhole Cover ... 1 NR1 4 Handhole Cover Gasket .......... 1 (b) 5 1/2-13 UNC x 1" Hex Head Cap Screw: 2-1/2, 3 Inch Valves ........... 5 CH2 4 Inch Valve ...... 6 CH2 6 Clapper .......... 1 (a) 7 Clapper Facing .... 1 (a) or (b) 8 Clapper Facing Retaining Plate .... 1 (a) 9 2-1/2, 3 Inch Valves: 1/4" x 3/8" Long #10-32 Shoulder Screw ........... 5 (a) 4 Inch Valve: 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2" Socket Head Cap Screw ........... 7 (a) 10 Clapper Hinge Pin ............. 1 (a) 11 Reset Knob ...... 1 (c) or (d) 12 Reset Spring ..... 1 (c) 13 Reset Bushing .... 1 (c) 14 Reset Bushing O-Ring........... 1 (b), (c) or (e) 15 Reset Plunger O-Ring3.......... 1 (b) or (c) 16 Reset Plunger..... 1 (c) 17 Reset Latch Subassembly ..... 1 (c) NOTES: 1. NR = Not Replaceable 2. CH = Common Hardware 3. Dow Corning FS3452 Flourosilicone Grease factory -applied to Reset 3 Plunger O-Ring; Do not remove grease when reassembling valve. REPLACEMENT PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION P/N (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 6-10: 2-1/2, 3 Inch Valves ... 92-312-2-203 4 Inch Valve ......... 92-312-2-403 (b) Repair Parts Kit Includes Items 4, 7, 14, 15 2-1/2, 3 Inch Valves ... 92-312-1-204 4 Inch Valve ......... 92-312-1-404 (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit Includes Items 11-17 .. 92-312-1-405 (d) Reset Knob, Item 11... 92-312-1-406 (e) Reset Plunger O-Ring, Item 15...... 92-312-1-407 FIGURE 1 - PART 1 OF MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 2-112, 3, AND 4 INCH (DN65, DN80, DN100) ASSEMBLIES TFP1020 Page 3 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF 1 Valve Body ....... 1 NR1 2 Air and Water Seat ............ 1 NR1 3 Water Seal O-Ring .......... 1 NR1 4 Air Seal O-Ring.... 1 NR1 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF 5 3/8-16 UNC x 1 " Socket Head Cap Screw ........... 8 NR1 6 Handhole Cover ... 1 NR1 7 Handhole Cover Gasket .......... 1 (b) C�_14 / 15 16 �10 CLAPPER RESET ASSEMBLY �/ 17 PLUNGER �= 11 V > PARTS 18 19 C-D 0 �o D u a'knw NJ�I p _I' ® o moo 0 FIGURE 1 - PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE 6 INCH (DN150) ASSEMBLY NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. REF. 8 5/8-11 UNC x 1 " Hex Head Cap Screw ........... 6 CH2 9 Clapper .......... 1 (a) 10 Clapper Facing .... 1 (a) or (b) 11 Clapper Facing Retaining Plate .... 1 (a) 12 1/4-20 UNC x 1/2" Socket Head Cap Screw ........... 9 (a) 13 Clapper Hinge Pin ............. 1 (a) 14 Reset Knob ...... 1 (c) or (d) 15 Reset Spring ..... 1 (c) 16 Reset Bushing .... 1 (c) 17 Reset Bushing O-Ring........... 1 (b), (c) or (e) 18 Reset Plunger O-Ring3.......... 1 (b) or (c) 19 Reset Plunger..... 1 (c) 20 Reset Latch Subassembly ..... 1 (c) NOTES: 1. NR = Not Replaceable 2. CH = Common Hardware 3. Dow Corning FS3452 Flourosilicone Grease factory -applied to Reset Plunger O-Ring; Do not remove grease when reassembling valve. REPLACEMENT PARTS NO. DESCRIPTION P/N (a) Clapper Assembly Includes Items 9-13 ... 92-312-2-603 (b) Repair Parts Kit Includes Items 7, 10, 17, 18......... 92-312-1-604 (c) Reset Plunger Parts Kit Includes Items 14-20 .. 92-312-1-405 (d) Reset Knob, Item 14... 92-312-1-406 (e) Reset Plunger O-Ring, Item 18...... 92-312-1-407 \ � 1 � 6 TFP1O2O Page 4 of 20 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved Dry Pipe Valve The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves shall be installed in the verti- cal orientation only (supply at bottom flowing upward) and are rated for use at a maximum service pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar). Valve and trim dimen- sions are shown in Figure 6. Flanged connections are available and drilled per ANSI, ISO, AS, and JIS specifications as shown in Table A. The grooved outlet connections, as applicable, are cut in accordance with standard groove specifications for steel pipe. They are suitable for use with grooved end pipe couplings that are listed or approved for fire protec- tion system service. Available combi- nations of inlet and outlet connections are described in the Ordering Proce- dure section and in the Available End Connection and Sizes table on page 1. Trim port connections of valves having flanges drilled to ANSI, AS, or JIS spec- ifications are NPT threaded per ANSI Standard B1.20.1. Trim port connec- tions of valves having flanges drilled to ISO are available either threaded per ISO 7-1 or NPT threaded per ANSI Standard B1.20.1. Valves with NPT threaded ports will readily accept the trim arrangements shown in Parts 2 and 3 of Figures 3, 4, and 5. Model DPV-1 Valve assemblies are shown in Figure 1. The body and hand - hole cover are ductile iron. The hand - hole cover gasket is neoprene, and the clapper facing is EPDM. The air/ water seat ring is brass, the clapper is bronze or aluminum bronze, and both the clapper retaining plate and latch are bronze. The hinge pin is aluminum bronze, and the fasteners for the hand - hole cover are carbon steel. Valve Trim Installation dimensions are provided in Figure 6, and valve trim and pre - trimmed valve assemblies are shown in Figures 3, 4, and 5. The valve trim, ordered separately or as a pre -trimmed valve assembly, forms a part of the laboratory listings and approvals of the DPV-1 valve and is necessary for the proper operation of the DPV-1 valve. Trim packages or pre -trimmed valve assemblies include the following equipment: • Water Supply Pressure Gauge • System Air Pressure Gauge • Air Supply Connections • Main Drain Valve • Low Body Drain Valve • Alarm Test Valve • Automatic Drain Valve • Drip Funnel • Connections For Optional Quick Opening Device (Accelerator) Pre -trimmed valve assemblies also include the following equipment: • Model BFV-300 Butterfly Valve • Figure 577 Grooved Coupling • PS10-2 Waterflow Alarm Switch • PS40-2 Low Air Pressure Alarm Switch Order the above equipment sepa- rately when ordering trim packages separately. Note: When the system pressure is greater than 175 psi (12,1 bar), provision shall be made to replace the standard order 300 psi (20,7 bar) water pressure gauge with a separately ordered 600 psi (41,4 bar) water pressure gauge. Weights The following are the nominal weights for pre -trimmed valve assemblies, semi -assembled trim, and DPV-1 valves without trim. Pre -Trimmed DPV-1 Valve Assemblies: 2-1/2 in. (DN65) G x G ........... 87 Ib (40 kg) 3 in. (DN80) G x G .............. 90 Ib (42 kg) 4 in. (DN100) G x G ............ 121 Ib (56 kg) 4 in. (DN100) F x G............. 135 Ib (64 kg) 4 in. (DN100) F x F ............. 145 lb (69 kg) 6 in. (DN150) G x G............. 175 lb (81 kg) 6 in. QN150) F x G............. 195 lb (90 kg) 6 in. (DN150) F x F ............. 208 lb (96 kg) Standard Galvanized Semi -Assembled DPV-1 Trim: 2-1/2 in. (DN65) ................ 23 lb (11 kg) 3 in. (DN80) ................... 23 lb (11 kg) 4 in. (DN100)................... 30 lb (14 kg) 6 in. (DN150)................... 30 lb (14 kg) DPV-1 Valve (Without Trim): 2-1/2 in. (DN65) G x G ........... 37 lb (17 kg) 3 in. (DN80) G x G ...............38 Ib(18 kg) 4 in. (DN100) G x G ............. 57 lb (26 kg) 4 in. (DN100) F x G.............. 67 lb (31 kg) 4 in. (DN100) F x F .............. 77 lb (36 kg) 6 in. (DN150) G x G.............. 95 lb (44 kg) 6 in. (DN150) F x G............. 108 lb (50 kg) 6 in.(DN150) F x F.............. 121 lb (56 kg) Air Supply Table B shows the system air pres- sure requirements as a function of the water supply pressure. The air (or nitro- gen) pressure in the sprinkler system is recommended to be automatically maintained by using one of the follow- ing pressure maintenance devices, as appropriate: • Model AMD-1 Air Maintenance Device (pressure reducing type) • Model AMD-2 Air Maintenance Device (compressor control type) • Model AMD-3 Nitrogen Maintenance Device (high pressure reducing type) The pressure relief valve provided with the valve trim is factory set to relieve at a pressure of approximately 45 psi (3,1 bar). If the normal system air pres- sure is less than or exceeds 40 psi (2,8 bar), then the pressure relief valve must be reset to relieve at a pressure that is in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction. Quick Opening Device The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve may optionally be equipped with an elec- tronic or mechanical dry pipe valve accelerator. Select the VIZOR Elec- tronic Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator (4 and 6 in. sizes only) as described in Technical Data Sheet TFP1105, or the Model ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator (2-1/2 through 6 in. sizes) as described in Technical Data Sheet TFP1112. The VIZOR or the ACC-1 is used to reduce the time to valve actuation fol- lowing the operation of one or more automatic sprinklers. In some cases the use of a quick opening device such as the VIZOR or the ACC-1 may be required to meet the requirements of the NFPA to meet water delivery times. TFP1020 Page 5 of 20 Dim. A Bolt Circle Diameter �o—o o oDim. l Bolt Hole �o� Diameter o_ Qty. N Number of Bolt Holes 1. Drilling same as ANSI B16.1 (Class 125). 2. Drilling same as BS 4504 Section 3.2 (PN16) and DIN 2532 (PN16). TABLE A SELECTION OF FLANGE DRILLING SPECIFICATIONS Flange Drilling Specification Nominal Nominal Dimensions in Inches and (mm) Valve ANSI B16.421 ISO 7005-2 JIS B 2210 AS 2129 Size (Class 150) (PN16)2 (10K) (Table E) Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. Dim. Dim. Qty. A B N A B N A B N A B N 4 in. 7.50 0.75 8 7.09 0.75 8 6.89 0.59 8 7.00 0.71 8 (DN100) (190,5) (19,0) (180,0) (19,0) (175,0) (15,0) (178,0) (18,0) 6 in. 9.50 0.88 8 9.45 0.91 8 9.45 0.75 8 9.25 0.87 8 (DN150) (241,3) (22,2) (240,0) (23,0) (240,0) (19,0) (235,0) (22,0) Maximum Water Supply Pressure psi System Air Pressure Range psi 20 10 60 15 - 23 80 20 - 28 100 25 - 33 120 30 - 38 145 35 - 43 165 40 - 48 185 45 - 53 205 50 - 58 225 55 - 63 250 60 - 68 TABLE B SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS Operation The TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve is a differential type valve that utilizes a substantially lower system (air or nitro- gen) pressure than the supply (water) pressure, to maintain the set position shown in Figure 2A. The differential nature of the DPV-1 is based on the area difference between the air seat and the water seat in combination with the ratio of the radial difference from the hinge pin to the center of the water seat and the hinge pin to the center of the air seat. The difference is such that 1 psi (0,07 bar) of system air pressure can hold approximately 5.5 psi (0,38 bar) of water supply pressure. Table B establishes the minimum required system air pressure that includes a safety factor to help prevent false operations that occur due to water supply fluctuations. The intermediate chamber of the DPV-1 is formed by the area between the air seat and water seat as shown in Figure 2B. The intermediate chamber normally remains at atmospheric pres- ------------ MEN MEN immmmoorAmommmm. sure through the alarm port connection and the valve trim to the normally open 11 11 111 111 /11 111 1111 ■■■■■nm■■oonnnmm�uoruou■■Iinnn■vin 1 � 1 ■■nnnn■■nm I,mm automatic drain valve, see Fig. 3, 4, or 5. Having the intermediate chamber, as shown in Figure 2B, open to atmo- sphere is critical to the DPV-1 valve remaining set, otherwise the full result- ing pressure of the system air pressure on top of the clapper assembly cannot be realized. For example, and assuming a water supply pressure of 100 psi (6,9 bar), if the system air pressure is 25 psi (1,7 bar) and there was 15 psi (1,0 bar) pressure trapped in the intermediate chamber, the resulting pressure across the top of the clapper would only be 10 psi (0,7 bar). This pressure would be insufficient to hold the clapper assem- bly closed against a water supply pres- sure of 100 psi (6,9 bar). It is for this reason that the plunger of the auto- matic drain valve must be depressed during several of the resetting steps, as well as during inspections, making certain that the automatic drain valve is open. TFP1O2O Page 6 of 20 When one or more automatic sprinklers operate in response to a fire, air pres- sure within the system piping is relieved through the open sprinklers. When the air pressure is sufficiently reduced, the water pressure overcomes the dif- ferential holding the clapper assem- bly closed and the clapper assembly swings clear of the water seat, as shown in Figure 2C, This action permits water flow into the system piping and subsequently to be discharged from any open sprinklers. Also, with the clapper assembly open, the intermedi- ate chamber is pressurized and water flows through the alarm port as shown in Figure 2B at the rear of the DPV-1 valve to actuate system water flow alarms. The flow from the alarm port is also sufficient to close the otherwise normally open automatic drain valve in the valve trim. After a valve actuation and upon sub- sequent closing of a system main control valve to stop water flow, the clapper assembly will latch open as shown in Figure 3D. Latching open of the DPV-1 will permit complete drain- ing of the system (including any loose scale) through the main drain port. During the valve resetting procedure and after the system is completely drained, the external reset knob can be easily depressed to externally unlatch the clapper assembly as shown in Figure 2E. As such, the clapper assem- bly is returned to its normal set posi- tion to facilitate setting of the dry pipe sprinkler system, without having to remove the handhole cover. Installation General Instructions Proper operation of the Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve depends upon its trim being installed in accordance with the instructions given in this Technical Data Sheet. Failure to follow the appropriate trim diagram may prevent the DPV-1 valve from functioning properly, as well as void listings, approvals, and the manufacturer warranties. Failure to latch open the clapper assembly prior to a system hydro- static test may result in damage to the clapper assembly. The DPV-1 valve must be installed in a readily visible and accessible location. The DPV-1 valve and associated trim must be maintained at a minimum tem- perature of 40°F (4'Q. Heat tracing of the DPV-1 valve or its associated trim is not permitted. Heat tracing can result in the formation of hardened mineral deposits that are capable of preventing proper operation. The Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve is to be installed in accordance with the fol- lowing criteria: • All nipples, fittings, and devices must be clean and free of scale and burrs before installation. Use pipe thread sealant sparingly on male pipe threads only. • The DPV-1 valve must be trimmed in accordance with Figures 3, 4, or 5, as applicable. If the DPV-1 is to be equipped with a dry pipe valve accelerator, refer to the Technical Data Sheet TFP1105 for the VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe Valve Accel- erator or TFP1112 for the Model ACC-1 Mechanical Dry Pipe Valve Accelerator. • Care must be taken to make sure that components such check valves, strainers, and globe valves are installed with the flow arrows in the proper direction. • Drain tubing to the drip funnel must be installed with smooth bends that will not restrict flow. The main drain and drip funnel drain may be interconnected provided a check valve is located at least 12 in. (300 mm) below the drip funnel. The low body drain valve, as shown in Fig. 3, 4, or 5, may be piped so as to discharge into the Drip Funnel or to a separate drain. • Suitable provision must be made for disposal of drain water. Drainage water must be directed such that it will not cause accidental damage to property or danger to persons. • Unused pressure alarm switch and/ or water motor alarm connections must be plugged. The pressure relief valve provided with the valve trim is factory set to relieve at a pressure of approximately 45 psi (3,1 bar), which can typically be used for a maximum normal sys- tem air pressure of 40 psi (2,8 bar). The pressure relief valve may be reset to a lower or higher pressure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure which is in accordance with the requirements of the author- ity having jurisdiction. To reset the pressure relief valve, first loosen the jam nut and then adjust the cap accordingly — clockwise for a higher pressure setting or coun- ter -clockwise for a lower pressure setting. After verifying the desired pressure setting, tighten the jam nut. It is best practice to install an appro- priately rated and listed relief valve upstream of the Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, between the inlet of the DPV-1 valve and any check valves or back flow preventers, to ensure tran- sient increases in water pressure do not cause unintended operation of the DPV-1 valve. • Installation of an air maintenance device, as described in the Techni- cal Data Section, is recommended. • An inspector's test connection as required By NFPA 13 must be pro- vided on the system piping at the most remote location from the Model DPV-1 Valve. • Conduit and electrical connections are to be made in accordance with the requirements of the author- ity having jurisdiction and/or the National Electric Code. • Before a system hydrostatic test is performed in accordance with NFPA 13 system acceptance test require- ments, the clapper assembly is to be manually latched open as shown in Figure 2D; the automatic drain valve as shown in Figures 3, 4, or 5 is to be temporarily replaced with a 1/2 in. NPT plug, the 3/32 in. vent fitting (Item 13, Figure 3; Item 15, Figure 4; or Item 15, Figure 5) is to be tem- porarily replaced with a 1/4 in. NPT plug, and the handhole cover bolts are to be tightened using a cross - draw sequence. TFP1O2O Page 7 of 20 Valve Setting Procedure Steps 1 through 11 are to be performed when initially setting the Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve; after an operational test of the fire protection system; or, after system operation due to a fire. NOTES: If the DPV-1 is equipped with a dry pipe valve accelerator, refer to its resetting instructions before resetting the DPV-1. Refer to TFP1105 for the VIZOR or TFP1112 for the ACC-1. Based on the instructions provided, reset the Accelerator at the appropriate time during the resetting of the DPV-1. Unless otherwise noted, see Figure 3, 4, or 5 to identify functional trim components. Step 1. Close the main control valve, and close the air supply control valve. If the DPV-1 is equipped with a dry pipe valve accelerator, remove the dry pipe valve accelerator from service in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet (TDS) instructions, refer to TDS TFP1105 for the VIZOR or TDS TFP1112 for the ACC-1. Step 2. Open the main drain valve and all auxiliary drains in the system. Close the auxiliary drain valves after water ceases to discharge. Leave the main drain valve open. Step 3. Depress the plunger of the automatic drain valve to verify that it is open and that the DPV-1 valve is com- pletely drained. Step 4.Open the optional alarm control valve, as applicable, if it was closed to silence local alarms. Step 5. As necessary, replace all sprin- klers that have operated. Replacement sprinklers must be of the same type and temperature rating as those which have operated. NOTICE In order to prevent the possibility of a subsequent operation of an over- heated solder type sprinkler, any solder type sprinklers which were possibly exposed to a temperature greater than their maximum rated ambient must be replaced. Step 6. Push down on the reset knob as shown in Figure 2E to allow the clapper assembly to re -seat. Step 7. Pressurize the system with air (or nitrogen) to 10 psi (0,7 bar), and then individually open all auxiliary drain valves in the system piping to drain any remaining water in trapped sec- tions. Close each drain valve as soon as water ceases to discharge. Also partially open the low body drain valve to assure that the riser is com- pletely drained. Close the low body drain valve as soon as water ceases to discharge. Step 8. Refer to Table B and then restore the system to the normal system air pressure as necessary to hold the DPV-1 valve closed. Step 9. Depress the plunger on the automatic drain valve to make sure it is open and that there is no air discharging. The absence of air discharging from the automatic drain valve is an indica- tion of a properly set air seat within the DPV-1 valve. If air is discharging, refer to the Care and Maintenance section under Automatic Drain Valve Inspection to determine/correct the cause of the leakage problem. Step 10. Partially open the main control valve. Slowly close the main drain valve as soon as water discharges from the drain connection. Depress the plunger on the automatic drain valve to make sure that it is open and that there is no water discharging. The absence of water discharging from the automatic drain valve is an indica- tion of a properly set water seat within the DPV-1 valve. If water is discharg- ing, refer to the Care and Maintenance section under the Automatic Drain Valve Inspection to determine/correct the cause of the leakage problem. If there are no leaks, the DPV-1 valve is ready to be placed in service and the main control valve must then be fully opened. Note: After setting a fire protection system, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. Step 11. Once a week after a valve is reset following an operational test or system operation, the low body drain valve (and any low point drain valves) should be partially opened (and then subsequently closed) to relieve drain - back water. Continue this procedure until drain -back water is no longer present. TFP1020 Page 8 of 20 1" NPT AIR SUPPLY PORT 112" NPT WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE & ALARM TEST PORT CLAPPER ASSEMBLY LATCHED, OPEN 3/4" NPT LOW BODY DRAIN PORT AIR PRESSURE TO SYSTEM CLAPPER CLAPPER ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY IN SET FULLY OPEN POSITION CLAPPER LATCI PIVOTS TO ALLO CLAPPER ASSEMI TO FULLY OPEI' - - 3/4" NPT ALARM PORT OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE CLAPPER ASSEMBLY WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM IM PORT ERFLOW ALARM FROM FROM WATER SUPPLY AIR WATER SUPPLY SEAT FIGURE 2A FIGURE 2C SET POSITION WATER OPERATED POSITION SEAT I ALARM PORT \ l DRAIN FROM DRAIN FROM SYSTEM SYSTEM / VALVE INTERMEDIATE COMPLETE WATERWAY CHAMBER PUSH HERE FIGURE 2B = TO RESET SET POSITION VALVE INTERMEDIATE CHAMBER RESET KNOB RESET ASSEMBLY CLAPPER LATCH ° PIVOTS TO CLAPPER UNLATCH LATCH CLAPPER ASSEMBLY- _i MAIN DRAIN PORT: ' 1-1/4" NPT` (2-1/2 INCH CLAPPER & 3 INCH VALVES) ASSEMBLY 2" NPT (4 INCH VALVE) RESEATED WATER SUPPLY `DN40 FOR VALVES WITH WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF ISO THREADED PORTS SHUT OFF DRAIN POSITION RESET POSITION FIGURE 2 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 2-112, 3, AND 4 INCH (DN65, DN80, AND DN100) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS TFP1020 Page 9 of 20 1' AIR: F C LJ ASS I\ PG CLAPPER ASSEMBLY LATCHED OPEN 3/4" NPT LOW BODY DRAIN PORT 2" NPT MAIN DRAIN PORT AIR PRESSURE TO SYSTEM FROM - WATER SUPPLY FIGURE 2A SET POSITION DRAIN FROM SYSTEM 1 WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF CLAPPER ASSEMBLY FULLY OPEN LAPPER LATCH JOTS TO ALLOW UPPER ASSEMBLY O FULLY OPEN 3/4" NPT ALARM PORT OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE 1/2" NPT WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE & ALARM TEST PORT ER ".,BLY AIR WATERFLOW TO SYSTEM t EAT FROM WATER SUPPLY ALARM FIGURE 2C WATER PORT OPERATED POSITION SEAT L I DRAIN FROM / / SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE VALVE COMPLETE CHAMBER WATERWAY FIGURE 2B SET POSITION INTERMEDIATE CHAMBER RESET ASSEMBLY CLAPPER a LATCH , / PIVOTS TO UNLATCH CLAPPER i ASSEMBLY CLAPPER LATCH .... DRAIN POSITION FIGURE 2- PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVES 61NCH (DN150) SET AND OPEN POSITIONS WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF RESET POSITION ALARM PORT WATERFLOW TO ALARM PUSH HERE TO RESET IE RESET KNOB 'ER IBLY TED TFP1020 Page 10 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 3 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. 1 INCH NPT SYSTEM CONNECTION AIR SUPPLY FOR LOCAL PRESSURE SPRINKLER ®GAUGE 2 1/2 INCH (DN65) 1/2 INCH NPT or 3 INCH (DN80) CONNECTION MODEL DPV-1 FOR SYSTEM DRY PIPE VALVE AIR SUPPLY (GxG ONLY) LOW AIR PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY CONTROL � VALVE (NORMALLY OPEN) WATERFLOW PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH GROOVED ALARM MAIN / COUPLING TEST VALVE s DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY (NORMALLY 1/2 INCH NPT CLOSED) SYSTEM CLOSED) CONNECTION WATER 3/4 IN NPT \ SYSTEM FOR OPTIONAL SUPPLY CONNECTION SHUT-OFF 1-1/4 INCH NPT ACCELERATOR PRESSURE TO DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION GAUGE LOW BODY (NORMALLY TO DRAIN AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE OPEN) DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY 1-1/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) CONNECTION DRIP TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 3 - PART 1 OF 3 2-112 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE -TRIMMED ASSEMBLY AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE (NORMALLY OPEN) 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION G FOR WATERFLOW PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH 1-1/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN 1 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR LOCAL SPRINKLER ALARM TEST VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: CONNECTION CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN FOR OPTIONAL FOR OPTIONAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. ACCELERATOR AUTOMATIC AIR PRESSURE SWITCH 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT DRAIN VALVE IDENTIFICATION. I 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP H FUNNEL. SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY MAIN ® PRESSURE DRAIN VALVE D GAUGE A (NORMALLY E \ CLOSED) DRIP FUNNEL 1-1/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) TO DRAIN C or 3 INCH (DN80) MODEL DPV-1 / DRY PIPE VALVE (GxG ONLY) -4WLOW BODY F B DRAIN VALVE SYSTEM (NORMALLY WATER SUPPLY 3/4 INCH NPT CLOSED) PRESSURE CONNECTION GAUGE TO DRAIN FIGURE 3 - PART 2 OF 3 2-112 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI -ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 11 of 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa Air Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-012 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-005 3 1/4" Gauge Test Valve ............ 2 46-005-1-002 4 Model AD-1 Automatic Drain Valve ....... 1 52-793-2-004 5 1/4" Pressure Relief Valve ....... 1 92-343-1-020 6 1/2" Ball Valve .... 2 46-050-1-004 7 3/4" Angle Valve ... 1 46-048-1-005 8 1-1/4" Angle Valve . 1 46-048-1-007 9 1/2" Swing Check Valve ...... 2 46-049-1-004 10 Drip Funnel Connector........ 1 92-211-1-005 11 Drip Funnel Bracket .......... 1 92-211-1-003 12 Drip Funnel ....... 1 92-343-1-007 5 24 44 -� 25 -1 31-- 18_� 31 26 _ 13 (GREEN TINT) 20 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 13 3/32" Vent Fitting ........... 1 92-032-1-002 14 1/4" Tube, 18"Long ......... 1 CH 15 1/4" Plug......... 2 CH 16 1/2" Plug......... 2 CH 17 1 " Plug .......... 1 CH 18 1/2" Union........ 1 CH 19 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing Bushing ......... 1 CH 20 1/2" 90' Elbow .... 3 CH 21 3/4" 90' Elbow .... 1 CH 22 1-1/4" 90' Elbow... 1 CH 23 1/2" Cross........ 2 CH 24 112" x 112" x 1/4" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH 25 1/2" Tee ......... 1 CH 26 1/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 2 CH 27 1/2" x 1/2" x 3/4" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH 45 16 1 "'. 19 32 30 ;e32� 32 23 32 15 0 17 34 39 3 4/ 28 33 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) 16 4 or 3 INCH (DN80) 9 MODEL DPV-1 31 27 DRY PIPE VALVE (GxG ONLY) NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 281"x1"x1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH 29 Not Used PIPE NIPPLES: 30 1/4" x 3" ......... 2 CH 31 1/2" x Close ...... 4 CH 32 1/2" x 1-1/2"...... 8 CH 33 1/2" x 2" ......... 1 CH 34 1/2" x4-1/2"...... 1 CH 35 1/2" x 6" ......... 1 CH 36 3/4" x Close ...... 1 CH 37 3/4" x 1-1/2"...... 1 CH 38 3/4" x 2-1/2" ...... 1 CH 391"xClose ........ 1 CH 40 1-1/4" x Close..... 1 CH 41 1-1/4" x 4"........ 1 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 42 Model BFV-300 Butterfly Valve, 2-1/2" (DN65) ..... 1 59300GO25WS 3" (DN80) ........ 1 5930OG03OWS 43 Figure 577 Coupling, 2-1/2" (DN65) ..... 1 57725ACP 3" (DN80) ........ 1 57730ACP 44 Waterflow Pressure Alarm Switch, PS10-2 America. 1 25710 APAC .........1 25710 or100102 EMEA ......... 1 0260 or 100101 45 Low Air Pressure Alarm Switch, PS40-2 America. 1 25730 APAC .........1 25730 or100402 EMEA ......... 1 0262 or 100401 LOCATION 32 23 FOR OPTIONAL 36 41 ELECTRICALLY 10 8 SUPERVISED 32 22 N.O. ALARM 20 1 � 40 CONTROL 11 VALVE 12 37 NOTES: 43 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE 14 21 PORT IDENTIFICATION. 38 42 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 14, 31 7 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 12. 6 3. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES 32 35 o ARE GALVANIZED. 26 2 4. CH: COMMON HARDWARE 30 5. ITEMS 42-45 INCLUDED 3 ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE SEPARATELY ORDERED. FIGURE 3 - PART 3 OF 3 2-112 AND 3 INCH (DN65 AND DN80) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 12 of 20 1. SEE FIGURE 4 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY 1 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR LOCAL - SPRINKLER 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN ALARM ' TEST VALVE I (NORMALLY LOW BODY CLOSED) DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) SYSTEM 4 INCH (DN100) AIR SUPPLY MODEL DPV-1 PRESSURE DRY PIPE VALVE GAUGE / (FxG SHOWN) FLANGE ADAPTER OR GROOVED COUPLING MAIN DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) \ SYSTEM 2 INCH NPT SYSTEM SHUT-OFF CONNECTION WATER VALVE TO DRAIN SUPPLY (NORMALLY LOW AIR PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH SYSTEM CONTROL AIR SUPPLY VALVE (NORMALLY g / OPEN) 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR WATER MOTOR ALARM WATERFLOW PRESSURE ALARM 112 INCH NPT SWITCH CONNECTION FOR OPTIONAL ACCELERATOR AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE PRESSURE OPEN) 1-1/4 INCH NPT GAUGE CONNECTION DRIP TO DRAIN FUNNEL FIGURE 4 - PART 1 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE -TRIMMED ASSEMBLY l 1/2 INCH NPT AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION CONTROL VALVE FOR OPTIONAL (NORMALLY ACCELERATOR OPEN) 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION SYSTEM 1/2 INCH NPT AUTOMATIC FOR OPTIONAL AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION DRAIN VALVE AIR PRESSURE PRESSURE FOR WATERFLOW \ SWITCH GAUGE SLOPE PRESSURE ALARM ! \ / / DOWN SWITCH \\\` 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR WATER MOTOR ALARM 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY C ALARM TEST VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) SYSTEM ' WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE MAIN DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) 2 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE (FxG SHOWN) 1 INCH NPT NOTES: 3/4 B CONNECTION 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN INCH NPT FOR LOCAL ALPHABETICAL ORDER. CONNECTION SPRINKLER TO DRAM 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT LOW BODY IDENTIFICATION. DRIP DRAIN VALVE 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP FUNNEL. FUNNEL 1-1/4 INCH NPT (NORMALLY 4. SLOPE ASSEMBLY B DOWN TOWARD CONNECTION CLOSED) BACK OF VALVE TO FACILITATE TO DRAIN SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. FIGURE 4 - PART 2 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI -ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 13 of 20 I =_o 4 9 29 SLOPE DOWN 19 LOCATION �! FOR OPTIONAL V ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED N.O. ALARM 41 CONTROL VALVE 47 16 48 2a \/ 18 5 6 34 15 27 (GREEN \/ TINT) 18 I 34 34 26 8 34 34 27 36 40 30 21 1 32 17 \ 39 30 24 34 33 25 33 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa Air Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-012 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-005 3 1/4" Gauge Test Valve ............ 2 46-005-1-002 4 1/4" Pressure Relief Valve ....... 1 92-343-1-020 5 1/2" Angle Valve ... 1 46-048-1-004 6 Model AD-1 Automatic Drain Valve ....... 1 52-793-2-004 7 1/2" Ball Valve .... 1 46-050-1-004 8 1/2" Swing Check Valve ...... 1 46-049-1-004 9 3/4" Angle Valve ... 1 46-048-1-005 10 3/4" Swing Check Valve ...... 1 46-049-1-005 11 2" Angle Valve .... 1 46-048-1-009 12 Drip Funnel Connector........ 1 92-211-1-005 13 Drip Funnel Bracket .......... 1 92-211-1-003 14 Drip Funnel....... 1 92-343-1-007 15 3/32" Vent Fitting ........... 1 92-032-1-002 16 1/4" Tube, 24"Long ......... 1 CH 17 1/4" Plug......... 2 CH 18 1/2" Plug......... 2 CH 19 3/4" Plug......... 1 CH 23 1 40 34 43 31 ac / I 30 I 3 39 40 10 , 42 9 7 20 38 / 37 2 22 28 3 35 32 17 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 20 1 " Plug .......... 1 CH 21 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing Bushing ......... 1 CH 22 1/2" Union........ 1 CH 23 3/4" Union........ 1 CH 24 1/2" 90' Elbow .... 1 CH 25 1/2" 45' Elbow .... 1 CH 26 112" Cross........ 1 CH 27 1/2" Tee ......... 2 CH 28 112" x 1/4" x 1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 2 CH 29 1/2" x 112" x 1/4" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH 30 3/4" x 112" x 3/4" Reducing Tee ..... 3 CH 311"x1"x1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: 32 1/4" x3'.......... 2 CH 33 1/2" x Close ...... 2 CH 34 1/2" x 1-1/2"...... 7 CH 35 1/2" x 2" ......... 1 CH 361/2"x2-1/2"......1 CH 37 1/2" x3'.......... 1 CH 38 1/2" x 3-1/2"...... 1 CH 39 3/4" x Close ...... 2 CH NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT IDENTIFICATION. 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 16, TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14. 3. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE, 12 ITEM 9, DOWN TOWARD 14 BACK OF VALVE TO FACILITATE SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES ARE GALVANIZED. 5. CH: COMMON HARDWARE 13 6. ITEMS 45-48 INCLUDED ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE SEPARATELY ORDERED. 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE (FxG SHOWN) 46 06 11 45 44 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 40 3/4" x 1-1/2"...... 2 CH 41 3/4" x 2" ......... 1 CH 42 3/4" x 3" ......... 1 CH 431"x4 ............. 1 CH 44 2" x 4-1/2"........ 1 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 45 Model BFV-300 Butterfly Valve, 4" (DN100) .. 1 59300GO40WE 46 Butterfy Valve Assembly Component: GxG DPV-1 Valves, Figure 577 Coupling, 4" (DN100) ....... 1 57740ACP FxF, FxG DPV-1 Valves, Figure 71 Flange Adapter, 4" (DN100) ....... 1 7140S 47 Waterflow Pressure Alarm Switch, PS10-2 America. 1 25710 APAC .........1 25710 or100102 EMEA ......... 1 0260 or 100101 48 Low Air Pressure Alarm Switch, PS40-2 America. 1 25730 APAC .........1 25730 or100402 EMEA ......... 1 0262 or 100401 FIGURE 4 - PART 3 OF 3 4 INCH (DN100) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1020 Page 14 of 20 NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 5 PART 3 FOR TRIM ARRANGEMENT WITH BILL OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENT PART NUMBERS. 2. TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED; COMPONENTS SUCH AS GAUGES AND SWITCHES MAY REQUIRE ASSEMBLY IN TRIM AT INSTALLATION. SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY PRFSSI IRF 112 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY 1 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR LOCAL SPRINKLER DRIP FUNNEL SYSTEM WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE OOVED UPLING FLANGE ,APTER MAIN / \I�u DRAIN VALVE ALARM (NORMALLY 2 INCH NPT TEST VALVE��/ CLOSED) CONNECTION SYSTEM ( TO DRAIN 6 INCH (DN150) SHUT-OFF COLOSED)Y 3/4 INCH NPT MODEL DPV-1 VALVE CONNECTION DRY PIPE VALVE (NORMALLY FOR WATER (GxG SHOWN) OPEN) MOTOR ALARM FIGURE 5 - PART 1 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE PRE -TRIMMED ASSEMBLY LOW AIR PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH SYSTEM AIR SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE (NORMALLY OPEN) WATERFLOW PRESSURE ALARM SWITCH LOW BODY DRAIN VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE 1/2 INCH NPT CONNECTION FOR OPTIONAL ACCELERATOR 1-1/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 INCH NPT NOTES: B no ��4 CONNECTION CONNECTION 4. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE AND FOR OPTIONAL FOR SYSTEM 3/4" x 4-1/2" NIPPLE (OF ASSEMBLY B)SYSTEMAIR PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY INTO DRIP FUNNEL TO FACILITATESWITCHAIR SUPPLY SUFFICIENT LOW BODY DRAINAGE. rS� PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY DRIP GAUGE CONTROL VALVE LOW BODY 1/2 INCH NPT FUNNEL(NORMALLY DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION 1 INCH NPT OPEN) (NORMALLY FOR OPTIONAL TO FIT CONNECTION CLOSED) ACCELERATOR 1/2 INCH NPT FOR LOCAL / SPRINKLER" A AUTOMATIC CONNECTION o o FOR WATERFLOW o o DRAIN VALVE PRESSURE ALARM I \ SWITCH 0 0 o o B 3/4 INCH NPT MAIN I CONNECTION DRAIN VALVE \ FOR WATER (NORMALLY I MOTOR ALARM CLOSED) 2 INCH NPT 1 CONNECTION 6 INCH (DN150) y TO DRAIN MODEL DPV-1 DRIP DRY PIPE VALVE o FUNNEL C NOTES: (FxF SHOWN) 1. INSTALL TRIM ASSEMBLIES IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. / \ ALARM 2. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE PORT 1-1/4 INCH NPT SYSTEM TEST VALVE IDENTIFICATION. CONNECTION WATER SUPPLY (NORMALLY 3. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING TO DRIP TO DRAIN PRESSURE CLOSED) FUNNEL. GAUGE FIGURE 5 - PART 2 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF SEMI -ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 15 of 20 9 BACK OF VALVE 29 42 1� A 14 SLOPE 48 TO FIT 26 1 21 3 35 17 35 33 &11 20 32 44 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE (GxG SHOWN) 4 35 3 /I 8 9 43 42 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 1 250 psi/ 1750 kPa Air Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-012 2 300 psi/ 2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge ........... 1 92-343-1-005 3 1/4" Gauge Test Valve ............ 2 46-005-1-002 4 1/4" Pressure Relief Valve ....... 1 92-343-1-020 5 1/2" Angle Valve ... 1 46-048-1-004 6 Model AD-1 Automatic Drain Valve ....... 1 52-793-2-004 7 1/2" Ball Valve .... 1 46-050-1-004 8 1/2" Swing Check Valve ...... 1 46-049-1-004 9 3/4" Angle Valve ... 1 46-048-1-005 10 3/4" Swing Check Valve ...... 1 46-049-1-005 11 2" Angle Valve .... 1 46-048-1-009 12 Drip Funnel Connector........ 1 92-211-1-005 13 Drip Funnel Bracket .......... 1 92-211-1-003 14 Drip Funnel....... 1 92-343-1-007 15 3/32" Vent Fitting ........... 1 92-032-1-002 16 1/4" Tube, 24"Long ......... 1 CH 17 1/4" Plug......... 2 CH 18 1/2" Plug......... 2 CH 19 3/4" Plug......... 1 CH 20 1 " Plug .......... 1 CH 21 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing Bushing ......... 1 CH 22 1/2" Union........ 1 CH 23 3/4" Union........ 1 CH 24 1/2" 90' Elbow .... 1 CH NOTES: 1. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR VALVE 4. ALL FITTINGS AND NIPPLES PORT IDENTIFICATION. ARE GALVANIZED. 2. ROUTE 1/4" TUBING, ITEM 16, 5. CH: COMMON HARDWARE 5 TO DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14. 6. ITEMS 45-48 INCLUDED 3. SLOPE 3/4" ANGLE VALVE, ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED ITEM 9, AND 3/4" x 4-1/2" VALVE ASSEMBLIES AS NIPPLE, ITEM 42, INTO APPLICABLE; OTHERWISE 35 DRIP FUNNEL, ITEM 14, TO SEPARATELY ORDERED. FACILITATE SUFFICIENT 15 40 LOW BODY DRAINAGE. (GREEN LOCATION 18 TINT) FOR OPTIONAL 35 / ELECTRICALLY 30 27 SUPERVISED 6 16 47 N.O. ALARM 27 35 28 CONTROL VALVE 31 37 0 31 / 10 46 40 „ „ -t. 41 40 19 23 42 12 40 13 31 35 24 39 14 38 22 7 34 36 35 25 28 I 17 3 33 NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 25 1/2" 45' Elbow .... 1 CH 26 1/2" Cross ....... 1 CH 27 1/2" Tee ......... 2 CH 28 1/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 2 CH 29 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/4" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH 30 3/4" 90' Elbow .... 1 CH 31 3/4" x 1 /2" x 3/4" Reducing Tee ..... 3 CH 321"x1"x1/2" Reducing Tee ..... 1 CH PIPE NIPPLES: 33 1/4" x 3" ......... 2 CH 34 1/2" x Close ...... 1 CH 35 1/2" x 1-1/2"...... 8 CH 36 1/2" x 2" ......... 1 CH NO. DESCRIPTION QTY P/N 37 1/2" x2-1/2"...... 1 CH 38 1/2" x 3" ......... 1 CH 39 1/2" x 6" ......... 1 CH 40 3/4" x 1-1/2"...... 5 CH 41 3/4" x 2" ......... 1 CH 42 3/4" x 4-1/2" ...... 2 CH 431"x4 ............. 1 CH 44 2" x 4-1/2"........ 1 CH COMPONENTS INCLUDED ONLY IN PRE -TRIMMED VALVE ASSEMBLIES: 45 Model BFV-300 Butterfly Valve, 6" (DN150) .. 1 59300GO60WE 46 Butterfy Valve Assembly Component: GxG DPV-1 Valves, Figure 577 Coupling, 6" (DN150) ....... 1 57760ACP FxF, FxG DPV-1 Valves, Figure 71 Flange Adapter, 6" (DN150)...... 1 7160S 47 Waterflow Pressure Alarm Switch, PS10-2 America. 1 25710 APAC .........1 25710 or100102 EMEA ......... 1 0260 or 100101 48 Low Air Pressure Alarm Switch, PS40-2 America. 1 25730 APAC .........1 25730 or100402 EMEA ......... 1 0262 or 100401 FIGURE 5 - PART 3 OF 3 6 INCH (DN150) MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE EXPLODED ARRANGEMENT OF VALVE TRIM TFP1O2O Page 16 of 20 7-1/8" (180 mm) Q j 8-3/8" (213 mm) 20-7/16" (520 mm) 16-1 /8" (409,6 mm) 2-1/2 or 3 INCH VALVES 12" 9-5/8" _ f (300 mm) (245 mm) 11 1 /01, 11 0 /011 14-7/8" (380 mm) _u —0 9-1/4" (235 mm) 2-1/2 & 3 INCH (DN65 & DN80) © VALVE 12" _ _ 14" (300 mm) (355 mm) 4INCH p (DN100) VALVE 21-7/8" (555 mm) FxF: 18-3/16" (462 mm) FxG: 18-1/4" (464 mm) G�xG: 18-5/16" (465 mm) 12" rim) 15" 14-3/4" _ ~ (380 mm) (375 mm) FIGURE 6 - PART 1 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, PRE -TRIMMED VALVE TFP1020 Page 17 of 20 6-3/4" 8" _ 14-7/8" 9-1/4" (170 mm) (200 mm) (380 mm) (235 mm) 2-1/2 & 3 INCH p �P 16-9/16" o o (DN65 & DN80) (420,7 mm) VALVE ® 12-1/4" (311, 2-1/2 orr IN 3 INCH VALVES ® 6" (150 mm) 12" 6" 12" 14" (300 mm) (150 mm) (300 mm) (355 mm) im vd 17-1 /4" (440 mm) ® ® FxF: 13-5/8" (346,1 mm) �bQ GxG: 13-3/4" (349,3 mm) �qP ® o 2-1/2"(65 mm) 11-1/2" 7-1/4" 15" 14-3/4" _ (290 mm) (190 mm) (380 mm) (375 mm) I II 6 INCH (DN150) VALVE p 18-3/4" o (475 mm) ® 16" (406,4 mm) O O FXF FxG, or GxG p db O O DP o 4-1/2" (115 mm) FIGURE 6 - PART 2 OF 2 MODEL DPV-1 DRY PIPE VALVE INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, VALVE AND SEMI -ASSEMBLED TRIM TFP1020 Page 18 of 20 2 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN Care and Maintenance The following procedures and inspec- tions should be performed as indicated, in addition to any specific requirements of the NFPA, and any impairment must be immediately corrected. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by action. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NFPA such as NFPA 25, in addi- tion to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or sprinkler manufac- turer regarding any questions. :1V-1 VALVE TRIM MODEL WI INSTALL DRAIN KIT SUB -ASSEMBLIES IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER, REU ITEM C, DRIP FUNNEL, INCLUI WITH STANDARD VALVE TRIP 6" (DN150) VALVE ONLY: INST/ TEM 1, 3/4" x 45' STREET ELB BEFORE INSTALLING DRAII` KIT SUB -ASSEMBLIES REMOVE AND DISCARD DRIP C FUNNEL BRACKET REMOVE AND DISCARD 3/4" x 4-1/2" LOW BODY DRAIN NIPPLE, REPLACE WITH ITEM 1, 3/4" x 45' STREET ELBOW (6" VALVE ONLY) FIGURE 7 OPTIONAL DRAIN KIT INSTALLATION Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified inspec- tion service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. The operational test procedure and waterflow pressure alarm test pro- cedure will result in operation of the associated alarms. Consequently, notification must first be given to the owner and the fire department, central station, or other signal station to which the alarms are connected. Annual Operation Test Procedure Note: Unless otherwise noted, see Figure 3, 4, or 5 to identify functional trim components. Proper operation of the DPV-1 valve — for example, opening of the DPV-1 valve during a fire condition — should be verified at least once a year as follows: Step 1. If necessary, prevent water from flowing beyond the riser by per- forming the following steps: a. Close the main control valve. b. Open the main drain valve. c. Open the main control valve one turn beyond the position at which water just begins to flow from the main drain valve. d. Close the main drain valve. 2 INCH NPT CONNECTION TO DRAIN Step 2. Open the system inspector's test connection. Step 3. Verify that the DPV-1 valve has operated, as indicated by the flow of water into the system and that all waterflow alarms operate properly. Step 4. Close the system main control valve. Step 5. Reset the DPV-1 valve in accordance with the Valve Setting Procedure. Note: It is recommended that the requirement of NFPA 25 to annually inspect the inside of the valve be per- formed at this time and prior to reset- ting the DPV-1 valve. Refer to the Automatic Drain Valve Inspection sub- section Steps 2 through 5 for instruc- tions with regard to the inspection of the clapper facing. Quarterly Waterf low Alarm Test Procedure Testing of the system waterflow alarms should be performed quarterly. To test the waterflow alarm, open the alarm test valve, which will allow a flow of water to the waterflow pressure alarm switch and/or water motor alarm. Upon satisfactory completion of the test, close the alarm test valve. TFP1O2O Page 19 of 20 Nominal Handhole Valve Sizes Cover Bolt Torque in (DN) lb-ft (N•m) 2-1/2 20 (DN65) (27) 3 20 (DN80) (27) 4 20 (DN100) (27) 6 45 (DN150) (61) TABLE C HANDHOLE COVER BOLTS RECOMMENDED TORQUE Water Pressure Inspection The water pressure gauge is to be inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) to ensure that normal system water pres- sure is being maintained. Air Pressure Inspection The air pressure gauge is to be inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) to ensure that normal system air pressure is being maintained. Automatic Drain Valve Inspection The automatic drain valve should be inspected monthly (per NFPA 25) by depressing the plunger and checking to ensure that the automatic drain valve is not discharging water and/or air. A discharge of water and/or air is an indi- cation that the air and/or water seats are leaking, which could subsequently cause a false operation should the intermediate chamber become inad- vertently pressurized. If leakage is present, take the DPV-1 valve out of service (for example, close the main control valve, open the main drain valve, close the air supply control valve, remove the dry pipe valve accel- erator from service, as applicable, in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet (TDS) instructions, (refer to TDS TFP1105 for the VIZOR or TDS TFP1112 for the ACC-1), and open the inspec- tor's test connection to relieve the system air pressure to 0 psi (0 bar) as indicated on the system air pressure gauge), and then after removing the handhole cover, perform the following steps: Step 1. Make sure that the seat ring is clean and free of any nicks or signifi- cant scratches. Step 2. Remove the clapper assembly from the valve by first pulling out the hinge pin. Step 3. Disassemble the clapper facing retainer from the clapper so that the clapper facing can be removed and inspected. Make sure that the clapper facing does not show signs of com- pression set, damage, etc. Replace the clapper facing if there is any signs of wear. Step 4. Clean the clapper facing, clapper, and clapper facing retainer, and then reassemble the clapper assembly. Step 5. Reinstall the clapper assembly with its hinge pin. Step 6. Install the handhole cover: a. Align the handhole cover gasket and handhole cover in the proper orientation with the valve body as shown in Figure 1, and hold in place. b. Apply LOCTITE No. 242 or equiv- alent to the Hex Bolt threads. c. Insert the Hex Bolts through the handhole cover gasket and hand - hole cover, and hand -tighten into the valve body. d. Using a crossdraw sequence to assure uniformity, wrench -tighten the hex bolts to the recom- mended torque values as shown in Table C. e. Inspect to assure all the hex bolts are securely tightened. TFP1020 Page 20 of 20 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Standard DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve ANSI standard outside diameter (O.D.) pipe size with grooved or ANSI drilled flange end connections and NPT threaded ports. Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve with (specify) End Connec- tions, P/N (specify): Groove x Groove, ANSI 2.88 in. (73,1 mm) O.D. Grooves: 2-1/2 in. (DN65) G x G .......... 52-312-1-925 Groove x Groove, ANSI 3.50 in. (88,9 mm) O.D. Grooves: 3 in. (DN80) G x G ............. 52-312-1-930 Groove x Groove, ANSI 4.50 in. (114,3 mm) O.D. Grooves: 4 in. (DN100) G x G ............ 52-312-1-940 Flange x Groove, ANSI Flange x ANSI 4.50 in. (114,3 mm) O.D. Groove: 4 in. (DN100) F x G............. 52-312-1-440 Flange x Flange, ANSI Flanges: 4 in. (DN100) F x F ............. 52-312-1-040 Groove x Groove, ANSI 6.62 in. (168,3 mm) O.D. Grooves: 6 in. (DN150) G x G............. 52-312-1-960 Flange x Groove, ANSI Flange x ANSI 6.62 in. (168,3 mm) O.D. Groove: 6 in. (DN150) F x G............. 52-312-1-460 Flange x Flange, ANSI Flanges: 6 in. (DN150) F x F ............. 52-312-1-060 Pre -Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies with Butterfly Valve Specify: 2-112 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly, Grooved End Connec- tions, P/N 52-310-3-925 Specify: 3 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly, Grooved End Connections, P/N 52-310-3-930 Specify: 4 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly, (specify) End Connection, P/N (specify): Flange x Flange ...............52-310-3-040 Flange x Groove ...............52-310-3-440 Groove x Groove ..............52-310-3-940 Specify: 6 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly, (specify) End Connection, P/N (specify): Flange x Flange ...............52-310-3-060 Flange x Groove ...............52-310-3-460 Groove x Groove ..............52-310-3-960 Pre -Trimmed DPV-1 Assemblies without Butterfly Valve Specify: 4 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly without Butterfly, (specify) End Connection, P/N (specify): Flange x Flange ...............52-310-4-040 Flange x Groove ...............52-310-4-440 Specify: 6 in. DPV-1 Pre -Trimmed Valve Assembly without Butterfly, (specify) End Connection, P/N (specify): Flange x Flange ...............52-310-4-060 Flange x Groove ...............52-310-4-460 Standard Galvanized Semi -Assembled DPV-1 Trim Note: Valves with NPT threaded ports are intended for use with the Standard Galvanized Semi -Assembled DPV-1 Valve Trim as described in Figures 3, 4 and 5 of this document. Specify: 2-1/2 and 3 in. DPV-1 Semi -Assembled Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-005 Specify: 4 in. DPV-1 Semi -Assembled Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-001 Specify: 6 in. DPV-1 Semi -Assembled Galvanized Trim, P/N 52-309-2-002 Optional Drain Kit Includes swing check valve, fittings and pipe nipples to connect the drip funnel directly to the main drain in 4 and 6 in. valve trim assemblies as shown in Figure 7. Specify: Universal Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve Drain Kit, 4 in. and 6 in. Valves, P/N 52-309-2-106 Drain Kit Replacement Check Valve Specify: Swing Check Valve, 1-1/4 in., P/N 46-049-1-006 Optional Electronic Accelerator: VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe Accelerator (with Trim) Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1105. Specify: VIZOR Electronic Dry Pipe Accelerator for use with the 4 or 6 in. TYCO Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve Trim, P/N 52-312-3-001 Optional Mechanical Accelerator: Model ACCA Dry Pipe Accelerator Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1112. Specify: Model ACC-1 Dry Pipe Accelerator, P/N 52-311-1-001, and Galvanized Accelerator Trim for Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, P/N 52-311-2-010 Optional 600 PSI Water Pressure Gauge: Specify: 600 PSI Water Pressure Gauge, P/N 92-343-1-004 Accessories Refer to Technical data Sheets describ- ing the following accessories, as applicable. Specify: Description, P/N (specify): Waterflow Pressure Alarm Switch PS10-2 (America) .................... 25710 (APAC) ................... 25710 or 100102 (EMEA) .................... 0260 or 100101 Low Air Pressure Alaram Switch PS40-2............................25730 (APAC) ................... 25730 or 100402 (EMEA) .................... 0262 or 100401 Model WMA-1 Water Motor Alarm.............52-630-1-001 (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP921) Model AMD-1 Air Maintenance Device ......... 52-324-2-002 (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1221) Model AMD-2 Air Maintenance Device ......... 52-326-2-001 (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1231) Model AMD-3 Nitrogen Maintenance Device .... 52-328-2-001 (Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP1241) Replacement Valve Parts Specify: (description) for use with (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, P/N, see Figure 1. Replacement Trim Parts Specify: (description) for use with (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve, P/N, see Figures 3, 4, or 5. Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves Notes: Other DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves are valves ordered with any combi- nation of flange drilling, pipe groove outside diameter (0.D.), or port thread specification not offered as Standard DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valves. Valves with NPT threaded ports are intended for use with the Standard Gal- vanized Semi -Assembled DPV-1 Valve Trim described in Figures 3, 4 and 5. Valves with ISO threaded ports are intended for use with special order trim that is provided by local distributors to meet the specific needs of certain localities. Please contact your local dis- tributor regarding valves and valve trim for specific localities. Specify: (specify size) Model DPV-1 Dry Pipe Valve with (specify) End Connec- tions and (specify NPT or ISO) threaded ports 1467 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, RI 02910 1 Telephone +1-401-781-8220 6 2024 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; LOCTITE is s registered trademark of Henkel Corporation; TEFLON is a trademark of The Chemours Company FC, LLC Johnson 01'to Controls SWITCHES (E)POTTER PS40 Series A The Symbol of Protection Supervisory Pressure Switch Features • One or two switch models available • Independent switch adjustment on two switch models, no tools needed • Two 1/2" conduit/cable entrances • Separate isolated wiring chambers • Non -corrosive pressure connection • Non -Conductive Enclosure • Vds version available This document contains important information on the installation and operation of PS40 pressure switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. Installation The Potter PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Actuated Switches are designed primarily to detect an increase and/or decrease from normal system pressure in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Typical applications are: air/nitrogen supervision in dry pipe and pre -action systems, pressure tanks, air supplies, and water supplies. The PS40-1 has one switch and is factory set to activate at approximately 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a decrease in pressure. The PS40-2 has two switches. The Low switch is factory set to activate at approximately 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a decrease in pressure. The High switch is factory set to activate at approximately 50 psi (3,5 bar) on an increase in pressure. NFPA 72 requires a supervisory signal if the pressure increases or decreases by 10 psi from normal. The PS40 is factory set for a normal air pressure of 40 psi. See section heading Adjustments and Testing if other than factory set point is required. 1. Connect the PS40 to the system side of any shutoff or check valve. 2. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. (Do not use pipe dope) 3. Device should be mounted in the upright position. (Threaded connection down) 4. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. S@Us IGNALIOLPCB c v� FM LISTED APPROVED Technical Specifications Conduit Entrances Two knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided. Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages SPDT (Form C) Contact Ratings 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC One SPDT in PS40-1, Two SPDT in PS40-2 Cover Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. Typical 1 lb. at 10 psi (,07 at ,7 bar) Differential 4 lbs at 60 psi (,28 at 4,1 bar) Dimensions 3.78"(9,6cm)Wx3.20"(8,lcm)Dx4.22"(10,7cm)H Cover: Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite Enclosure Base: Die Cast All parts have corrosion resistant finishes 40° F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) Environmental Limitations NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings PS40-1 operates on decrease at 30 psi (2,1 bar) Factory Adjustment PS40-2 operates on increase at 50 psi (3,5 bar) and on decrease at 30 psi (2,1 bar) Maximum System 300 psi (20,68 bar) Pressure Pressure Connection Nylon 1/2" NPT male Pressure Range 10-60 psi (,7-4,1 bar) Service Use NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, 72 *Specifications subject to change without notice. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1933 www.pottersignal.com 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 1 OF 4 (E)POTTER PS40 Series The Symbol of Protection Supervisory Pressure Switch Wiring Instructions Switch Clamping Plate Terminal 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. Fig 2 2. If it is necessary to remove the sealed knockouts, carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig. 9. 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector to the device. A NEMA-4 rated conduit fitting is O"tgc required for outdoor use. 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the service intended. See Figures 2,4,5 and 6. See Fig. 7 for two switch one conduit wiring. Adjustment and Testing NOTE. Testing the PS40 may activate other system connected devices. The operation of the pressure supervisory switch should be tested upon completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable local, national and NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). The use of a Potter BVL (see product bulletin 5400799 for details) is recommended to facilitate setting and testing of the PS40 pressure switch. When a BVL (bleeder valve) is used, the pressure to the switch can be isolated and bled from the exhaust port on the BVL without affecting the supervisory pressure of the entire system. See Fig. 3. The operation point of the PS40 Pressure Switch can be adjusted to any point between 10 and 60 psi (0,7 - 4,11 bar) by turning the adjustment knob(s) clockwise to raise the actuation point and counter clockwise to lower the actuation point. In the case of the PS40-2, both switches operate independent of each other. Each switch may be independently adjusted to actuate at any point across the switch adjustment range. If the pressure needs to be adjusted from the factory settings, adjust the system pressure to the desired trip point. Use an ohmmeter on the appropriate contact (COM and 2 for pressure decrease and COM and 1 for pressure increase). Adjust the knurled knob until the meter changes state. At that point the switch is set for that particular pressure. Final adjustments should be verified with a pressure gauge. The position of the top of the adjustment knob across to the printed scale on the switch bracket can be used to provide an approximate visual reference of the pressure switch setting. Dimensions Fig I °O SCREWS 2.87 ADJUSTMENT [72.971 KNOB ® 4.22 [107.19] 1/2" NPT 4 2.48 1.60 'i 162.871 [40.641 3.78 3.20 [95.89] [81.28] NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. DWG# 930-1 AWARIUING An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig 3 PS40 SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH AIR LINE SHUT-OFF PS10 VALVE BLEEDER ALARM TEST PRESSURE �HECEK SWITCH BV�VE WATER MOTOR GONG CHECK RBVS DRY PIPE VALVE VALVE WATER DWG.#924-1A OS&Y BY-PASS VALVE TEST VALVE - A CAUTION Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS 10 will render the PS 10 inoperative. To comply with IBC, IFC, and NFPA-13, any such valve shall be electrically su- pervised with a supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1933 www.pottersignal.com 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 2 OF 4 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Typical Electrical Connections Fig 4 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL HIGH AIR LOW AIR WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRESSURE APPLIED HIGH - TERMINAL I WILL CLOSE ON PRESSURE INCREASE. WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRESSURE APPLIED LOW -TERMINAL 2 CLOSES ON PRESSURE DROP. Low Pressure Signal Connection Fig s DWG# 928-1 High Pressure Signal Connection Fig 6 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL DWG# 928-2 PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch One Conduit Wiring Fig 7 Changing Pressure Fig 8 Low Pressure Switch C Terminal C: Common 1. Closed when installed under normal system Pressure. 2. Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for low air signal. High Pressure Switch g C 1 2 Terminal 1. Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on increase in pressure. Use for high air signal. 2. Closed under normal system pressure. Removing Knockouts Fig 9 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1933 www.pottersignal.com 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 3 OF 4 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Pressure type supervisory switches; shall be a Model PS40 as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St. Louis, MO., and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. Switches shall be provided with a 1/2" NPT male pressure connection to be connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut- off valve. A Model BVL bleeder valve as supplied by Potter Electric Signal Company of St. Louis, MO., or equivalent shall be connected in line with the PS40 to provide a means of testing the operation of the supervisory switch. (See Fig. 3) The switch unit shall contain SPDT (Form C) switch(es). One switch shall be set to operate at 30 psi (2,1 bar) on a pressure decrease. If two switches are provided, the second switch shall be set to operate at a 50 psi (3,5 bar) on a pressure increase. Switch contacts shall be rated at 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC and 2.0 Amps at 30VDC. The units shall have a maximum pressure rating of 300 psi (20,68 bar) and shall be adjustable from 10 to 60 psi (0,7 to 4,1 bar). Pressure switches shall have two conduit entrances, one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. The cover of the pressure switch shall be Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The pressure switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service with a NEMA-4/IP66 rating. The pressure switch shall be UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. PS40 Series Supervisory Pressure Switch - AWARNIFI^ •Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. -Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. .Re ad all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death. -Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. CAUTION -Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to equipment and property. -To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment. -Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply. -Do not apply any lubricant to any component of the pressure switch. Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. PS40-1 Pressure Switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340403 PS40-2 Pressure Switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340404 Hex Key 5250062 BVL Bleeder Valve 1000018 Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 Pressure switches have a normal service life of 7bylocali However, the service life may be significantly redu environmental conditions. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988 / Canada 888-882-1933 www.pottersignal.com 5400930 - REV H • 2/20 PAGE 4 OF 4 (E)POTTER A The Symbol of Protection Features • One or two switch models available • Independent switch adjustment on two switch models, no tools needed • Two 1/2" conduit/cable entrances • Separate isolated wiring chambers • Non -corrosive pressure connection • VdS version available • Non -Conductive enclosure This document contains important information on the installation and operation of PS 10 pressure switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. Installation The Potter PS10 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed for the detection of a waterflow condition in automatic fire sprinkler systems of particular designs such as wet pipe systems with alarm check valves, dry pipe, preaction, or deluge valves. The PS10 is also suitable to provide a low pressure supervisory signal; adjustable between 4 and 15 psi (0,27 and 1,03 bar). 1. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. (Do not use pipe dope) 2. Device should be mounted in the upright position (threaded connection down). 3. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. Wiring Instructions 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. 2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig 9. 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector to the device. NEMA 4 rated conduit and fittings are required for outdoor use. 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the service intended. See Figures 2,4,5, and 6. See Fig. 7 for two switch, one conduit wiring. PS10 Series Pressure Switch SIGNALING OLPCB c �L us d FM LISTED APPROVED Technical Specifications Conduit Entrances Two knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided. Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages SPDT (Form C) Contact Ratings 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC One SPDT in PS10-1, Two SPDT in PS10-2 Cover Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. Differential 2 psi (0,13 bar) typical Dimensions 3.78"(9,6cm)Wx3.20"(8,lcm)Dx4.22"(10,7cm)H Cover: Weather/UV/Flame Resistant High Impact Composite Enclosure Base: Die Cast All parts have corrosion resistant finishes 40° F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) Environmental Limitations NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings Factory Adjustment 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar) Maximum System 300 psi (20,68 bar) Pressure Pressure Connection Nylon 1/2" NPT male Pressure Range 4-15 psi (0,27 - 1,03 bar) Service Use NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, 72 *Specifications subject to change without notice. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 800-325-3936 www.pottersignal.com 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 1 OF 4 (E)POTTER PS10 Series The Symbol of Protection Pressure Switch Testing and Adjustment NOTE: Testing the PSI 0 may activate other system connected devices. The operation of the pressure alarm switch should be tested upon completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). There should be no need to adjust the PS10 when it is used as a pressure type waterflow indicator. It is factory set to comply with IJL and FM standards. Wet System Method 1: When using PS10 and control unit with retard - connect PS10 into alarm port piping on the input side of retard chamber and electrically connect PSI 0 to control unit that provides a retard to compensate for surges. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and PSI 0. Method 2: When using the PS 10 for local bell application or with a control that does not provide a retard feature -the PS10 must be installed on the alarm outlet side of the retard chamber of the sprinkler system. Testing: Accomplished by opening the inspector's end -of -line test valve. Allow time to compensate for system or control retard. NOTE: Method 2 is not applicable for remote station service use, if there is an unsupervised shut-off valve between the alarm check valve and the PS 10. Wet System With Excess Pressure Connect PS 10 into alarm port piping extending from alarm check valve. Retard provisions are not required. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS 10. Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve or the inspector's end -of -line test valve. When using end -of -line test, allow time for excess pressure to bleed off. Dry System Connect PS 10 into alarm port piping that extends from the intermediate chamber of the alarm check valve. Install on the outlet side of the in -line check valve of the alarm port piping. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS 10. Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve. NOTE. The above tests may also activate any other circuit closer or water motor gongs that are present on the system. Dimensions Fig I i ADJUSTMENT KNOB 1/2" NPT 00 2.87 [72.971 ® .22 [107.17.19] 2.48 [62.871 3.78 [95.891 FEl� GROUND SCREWS 1.60 [40.64] 3.20 [81.281 NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. DWG# 93U_1 Switch Clamping Plate Terminal Fig 2 r�g AWARNING An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 800-325-3936 www.pottersignal.com 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 2 OF 4 (E)POTTER PS10 Series The Symbol of Protection Pressure Switch Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig 3 WET SYSTEM WITH WET SYSTEM WITHOUT DRY SYSTEM EXCESS PRESSURE EXCESSPRESSURE PS10 PSIO PS10 WATER WATER WATER MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR L GONG GONG GONG RBVS CHICK WET RBVS DRY `.���,�. RBVS SYSTEM WET SYSTEM ALARM SYSTEM ALARM CHECK ALARM CHECK VALVE CHECK RETARD VALVE VALVE WATER WATER WATER OS&Y BY-PASS OS&Y BY-PASS OS&Y BY-PASS VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALUE VALVE DWG. #923-2AA W.A CAUTION Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS10 will render the PS10 inoperative. To comply with NFPA-72 any such valve shall be Low Pressure Signal Connection Fig 4 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL 0m] Waterflow Signal Connection Fig S One Conduit Wiring Fig 7 Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. Local Bell For Waterflow Connection Fig 6 NEGATIVE DC OR NEUTRAL A( POSITIVE D( OR HOT AC Switch Operation Fig 8 Terminal W/ PRESSURE APPLIED C: Common 1: Closed when installed under normal system c pressure. 2: Open when installed under normal system b pressure. Closes on pressure drop. Use for low pressure supervision. Terminal W/O PRESSURE APPLIED 1: Open with no pressure supplied. Closes upon detection of pressure. Use for waterflow ro, indication. 2: Closed with no C z pressure applied. DWG#928-e Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 800-325-3936 www.pottersignal.com 5400928 - REV E 2/20 PAGE 3 OF 4 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Removing Knockouts Fig 9 "VV %Jtt7L,0-S Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Pressure type waterflow switches; shall be a Model PS10 as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis MO., and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. Switches shall be provided with a''/2" NPT male pressure connection and shall be connected to the alarm port outlet of, Wet Pipe Alarm Valves, Dry Pipe Valves, Pre -Action Valves, or Deluge Valves. The pressure switch shall be actuated when the alarm line pressure reaches 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar). Pressure type waterflow switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 300 psi (20,68 bar) and shall be factory adjusted to operate on a pressure increase of 4 - 8 psi (0,27 - 0,55 bar) Pressure switch shall have one or two form C contacts, switch contact rating 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC. Pressure type waterflow switches shall have two conduit entrances one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. The cover of the pressure type waterflow switch shall be Weather/UV/ Flame Resistant High Impact Composite with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The Pressure type waterflow switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service with a NEMA 4/IP66 rating. The pressure type waterflow switch shall be UL Ulc and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. PS10 Series Pressure Switch W •Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. -Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. -Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death. -Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. .I uillffl] -Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to equipment and property. -To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment. -Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply. Ordering Information Model Description Part Number Pressure switch with one set SPDT PS10-1 1340103 contacts Pressure switch with two sets SPDT PS10-2 1340104 contacts Hex Key 5250062 Cover Tamper 0090200 Switch Kit Tamper Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200. See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK. Pressure switches have a normal service life of 10-15 years. However, the service life may be significantly reduced by local environmental conditions. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC St. Louis, MO Phone: 800-325-3936 www.pottersignal.com 5400928 - REV E • 2/20 PAGE 4 OF 4 HANGERS Fig. 69 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 300) Adjustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NFPA Standards U Size Range:'/2" through 8" Material: Carbon steel Finish: Strap is Pre -Galvanized Zinc Material. Nut is Zinc Plated. Service: Recommended for suspension of non -insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 450' F Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 10), WW-H-171-E (Type 10), and ANSI/MSS SP-58 (Type 10). UL Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3/4" - 8"). Features: • '/2" - 2" sizes designed for use with steel and CPVC piping and manufactured with FBC System Compatible oil. • Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. • Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. • Captured swivel nut in the'/2" through 6" sizes. The capture is permanent in the bottom portion of the band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall completely out. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Non -captured nut also available upon request. �A VCF v G '/2' through 1" pipe 1'/4" through 2" pipe — —A 21/2" through 8" pipe FIG. 69: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHT (LBS) Pipe Size Max Load Weight Rod Size B C F Width '/2 300 0.10 % 1 2'/8 2 19/ 6 /e % 0.10 2% 17A 15/16 1 0.10 2'/16 111/6 1 11/4 0.10 2% 1 % 7/8 1 1/2 0.10 2% 17/8 2 0.11 31/4 2% 11/8 2'/2 525 0.20 4 2% 15/6 3/a 3 0.20 313/16 215/16 13/ 6 4 1 650 1 0.30 1 411/1s 1 313/s 19/,s 5 1,000 0.54 1/2 55/16 4% 6 0.65 611/6 59/s 21/4 8 1.00 89/6 79/s 31/4 '/2" through 2" Size Rounded Edge Design c uL us Fm LISTED APPROVED 2'/2' through 8" Size ANVIL PH-1.18 Fig. 70 (Formerly Afton Fig. 303) Size Range:11/z" through 4" Trapeze Pipe Material: Carbon steel Finish: Pre -Galvanized per ASTM A653 Service: Allows for the hanging of piping systems between structural attachments. Approvals: cULus Listed Ordering: Specify trapeze size, rod size, figure number and finish. Trapeze Pipe Hanger c us " 'ED FIG. 70: DIMENSIONS (IN) Trapeze Pipe Size Rod Size Max Service Pipe Size 1 Yz 3/s 4 2 2 '/ 8 2Yz 3 3'/z 4 PH-1.18 *AJW1L Fig. 142 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 920) Coach Screw Rods Machine Threaded on Opposite End _o U ,6CD Size Range:'/8" and'/2" Material: Carbon steel �Z Finish: Plain or Zinc Plated Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and rod length. L In (/) N I� L - 1 C �a fl- E � A o� c� FIG. 142: STANDARD THREAD LENGTHS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) Rod Size A Standard Length - L Coach Screw Thread Length — C Standard Rod Thread Length — D Max Load %8 1 z 2 3 390 2'/2 '/ 1 z 2'/ 6 3 640 2/4z Fig. 146 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 650) Size Range:'/a" through 1'/2" Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material: Carbon steel or Stainless Steel Gr 304 Threads: National Coarse (USS), rod threaded complete length. Finish: Plain or Zinc Plated (Hot -Dip Galvanized optional) Maximum Temperature: Zinc Plated 450T, Stainless Steel 650° F Approvals: Complies with MSS SP-58. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. Continuous Threaded Rod FIG.146: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHTS (LBS) Rod Size A Threads per Inch Max Load 650° F Weight per Ft. '/a 20 240 0.12 % 16 730 0.30 '/2 13 1,350 0.53 % 11 2,160 0.84 '/a 10 3,230 1.20 '/a 9 4,480 1.70 1 8 5,900 2.30 1'/4 7 9,500 3.60 1'/z 1 6 13,800 5.10 e,. ANVIL PH-1.18 ANCHORS SAMMYS° FOR WOOD #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 • No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. lwwwwi�iwbuildex.c mr 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) mph 25 125 Q 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) Q 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 3/8" 8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 Q 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 25 125 Q 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 3/8" 8069925 GST 30-SS 1A x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 MANUFACTURED �S UFACTURED U.5 A. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 HTAEMIFEXS Product Features Not less than 2" nominal width _ _ _ _ _ r o pre -drilling required. (1-1/2") up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4" & 5" pipe • Quick to install using the Sammy �I Floor Joist Nut Driver with an 18V cordless Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for drill/driver. branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This • Saves time from traditional requirement shall not apply to 2" or methods. thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. • Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. -I Composite k— Consult truss manufacturer 16-- ended installation for point. I Watch a video demonstration at . wwW.itwbuildex.com 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 Q- 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 Q. 3/8" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 Qx 3/8" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 Q 3/8"* 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8" ' 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 `May require pre -drilling; consultjoist manufacturer. HOOD XOT OR Runt 9MG VUTT N 1 nMMen—+ wm eA o 4 NAMENN /1P MAx ANGLE Ir #14 Black Nut Driver - 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257 (Fir) art # 8113910 1903 Dim. Lumber �• 3/8"* 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5116 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2" 8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber May require pre -drilling; consult joist manufacturer. #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Accommodates up to 3'/z' x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17' deflection from vertical. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Manufactured in the U.S.A. 1500 850 @ 45° 25 125 25 125 APPROVALS 8007957 GST 10 3/8" Vertical CPVC 1-112" 300 1-1/2" 8020957 SWG 10 3/8" Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2" 300 1-1/2" 8008957 GST 20 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 1-112" 4" 1475 1-112" 8068925 GST 20-SS 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" 8010957 GST 30 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 1-1/2" 4" 1475 1-1/2" 8009925 GST25-380 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 1-1/2" 8022925 SWG25-380 3/8" Horizontal 3-1/2"-4"* 1500 1-1/2" 8021957 SWG 20 3/8" Horizontal 2-1/2"-3"** 1050 1-1/2" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8" Horizontal 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8" 45' Angle off Vertical 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8" 45* Angle off Vertical 4" 1500 1-1/2" 8139957 SH-GST 20 3/8" 17' Angle off Vertical 3" 1050 1-1/2" 4" 1475 1-112" SAMMYS FOR 8038957 STEEL - PIPE HANGER DSTR 1 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 Min Steel Thick Max Steel Thick .035" 4" 1475 .105" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .035" 4" 1475 .105" 8039957 DSTR 516 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .105" 8045957 DST 516 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .188" 4" 1475 .188" 8046957 TEK 50 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .250" 4" 1475 .188" 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" 8056957 SWDR 516 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 3/8" 17' Angle off Vertical 4" 1500 .035" 4" 1475 .105" 8268957 SH-TEK50 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 70* Angle off Vertical 4" 1500 2" 940 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 .029" .027" 4" 1475 .105" 2" 940 .029" 8153922 XP 35 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .060" 4" 1475 .125" 8294922 SXP 20 3/8" Vertical or up to 45' 2" 750 .027" 2" 635 .029" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8" Vertical or up to 89" 3-1/2" 1250 .060" 2" 635 .029" 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8" Horizontal 3-1/2" 1250 .060" SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE - PIPE HANGER 8059957 CST 20 3/8" Vertical 4" 1475 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1475 3000 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 Pre -Pour Structural @ 3000psi 8150922 Part umber XP 20 Model 3/8" Vertical Rod Size 2-1/2' Mount DirectionIN 850 Post -Pour Range II LWC <_ 35 PCF (lbs/ft3) UL Load UL Min Steel SAMMYS FOR STEEL - LUMINAIRE FITTING 185 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical .027' 250 .035' 185 8153922 XP 35 3/8" Vertical .027' 250 .035' 185 .027" 8181922 XP 200 1/4" Vertical 250 .035" Vertical 170 .027" 8294922 SXP 20 18' 45° 80 .027" Vertical 250 .060" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8' 90° 80 .060" 8293957 Part SWXP 35 Rod 3/8` Mount UL Load Horizontal UL Min. Steel 80 .060" Number SAMMYS Model Size Direction Rating (Ibs) Thickness Listed Application 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical 283 .027" Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8" Vertical 500 .060" Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8294922 SXP 20 3/8" Vertical 283 .027" Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8" Vertical 500 .060" Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8" Horizontal 500 .060" Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit 8149957 CZ2000 1/4" or 3/8" Onto Vertical Rod UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, Steel GaugesSheet Complies w/ NEC Standards Gauge No. 22 ga. 20 ga. 18 ga. 16 ga. 14 ga. 12 ga. 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030" .036" .048" .060" .075" .105" .125" .188" .250" *SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2" UL compliance with NEC Standards. *SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber orjoist allowed by UL is 4" UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. **SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2" �,*, " ""_ ,_„_ _,__ _;__ ;_ ...__a ,;_ _- _-;_;_, _„_,.._a , ,. , „ ;_ - Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water -filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds. SPECIAL NOTES Engineering Note In 1996, the anchors listed by UL were tested in plate steel that measured .188" and .118". Subsequent testing was done for z-purlin applications in May 1997 using (.037") or 20 gauge steel. Most recently in 2008, testing with the new Sammy X-Press® was completed using (.030") or 22 gauge steel metal deck. Sammys® Nut Drivers Special nut drivers were designed to be used with Sammys. When the appropriate nut drivers are used for installation, the driver spins freely on the screw after installation is complete and eliminates the expected wrist snap, reduces over -torque, and prevents screw failure. Steel Screws Due to variations in hardness of certain metals, it should be noted that our self -drilling screws for steel will experience different drill speeds. 500-1500 RPM drill speed should be used. Metric Products Metric versions of the Sammy anchors are available at www.itwbuildex.com Sammys for Seismic Please visit www.itwbuildex.com for our current Seismic product offerring. Vibratory Environments® For attaching or anchoring in high vibratory environments, special care should be taken not just for building attachments but also for the hangers or assemblies being supported. Consult local code authorities for accepted anchoring devices. Composite Joist/Truss Truss manufacturers vary installation recommendations for composite joist. UL testing was completed to validate that Sammys and Sidewinders SWG 20 and SWG 25-380 can be installed into the top cord of a truss. Sammy GST 20 can be installed into the center of the lower cord of a composite joist. Penetration of the upright center web is permitted by some joist manufacturers. Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. Pre -drilling may be required by joist manufacturers. If so, pre -drill pilot hole 1/8" smaller than root diameter of fastener. Consult the table below: Model Root Diameter Hole Size GST 20 .182" 1/81, GST 25-380 .280" 7/32" SWG 20 .182" 1181, SWG 25-380 .280" 7/32" To increase efficiency of the installation process, sleeve tools, bit receivers, and wood bits are available for pre -drilling. NFPA/NEC Standards All UL and FM testing complies with NFPA 13 and NEC standards. Check with your local (AHJ) Authority Having Jurisdiction to confirm application and usage. UL Listings / FM Approvals UL and FM reports are available at www.itwbuildex.com UL us FM HANGER •���➢ 1.1 Technical Drawings Technical drawings are available and can be downloaded at www.itwbuildex.com in the following formats:.dwg, .dxf, and Jgs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Products Contact Information MANUFACTURED U.S.A. Technical Assistance: (800) BUILDEX Option #6 (x 3259) Customer Service: (800) BUILDEX Option #1 BRACING Seismic Bracing Fig. K - Longitudinal In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 51. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Longitudinal Brace Sat Rnit F. Wnrdminre Inrinded ®TOLCD c@us LISTED Part No. Pipe Size in. (nun) A in. (nun) C in. (nun) D in. (nun) Bolt Size Max. Rec. Load (cULuc) lbs. (M) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 4L-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) 41.4 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2-13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 5" (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) 4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. B-Line by E_t•N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 50 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing TOLCO Fig. 1001 - sway brace attachment (UL listed) Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 1'/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedule 7 through schedule 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre -engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). UL Listed for the following sprinkler type pipes: Sch. 40 (and as brace member), Sch. 10, Bull Moose Eddy Flow, Wheatland Mega Flow, DIN 2448, KSD 3562 (and as brace member), KSD 3507. Ask the factory for additional information as it may vary by product size. Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 67. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Hot Dip Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 1'/4" (32mm)), and finish. Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Size 1" (25mm) Brace Pipe 1'/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) OPM C&us LISTED Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 1'/4" Sch.7 Sch.10 Sch. 40 1„ / 1'/4, V / 11/4. V / 11/4. 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 104.6 (47.4) 1001-1 X 1'/4 122.2 (55.4) - / - - / - 1000/1000 1'A" (32) 1001-1'/4 X 1 105.2 (47.7) 1001-11/4 X 1'/4 122.6 (55.6) 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 11/2" (40) 1001-11/2 X 1 107.0 (48.5) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 124.7 (56.6) 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 112.6 (51.1) 1001-2 X 11/4 129.2 (58.6) 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 *272" (65) 1001-2'/2 X 1* 136.3 (61.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4* 154.4 (70.0) 2000/2000 2000/2000 2000/2000 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 145.0 (65.8) 1001-3 X 11/4 163.1 (74.0) 2000/2000 2000/2000 2000 / 2000 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 158.6 (71.9) 1001-4 X 11/4 176.7 (80.1) 2000/2000 2000/2000 2000/2000 5" (100) 1001-5 X 1 173.2 (78.6) 1001-5 X 11/4 191.4 (86.8) - / - 2000/2000 2000 / 2000 *6" 050) 1001-6 X 1* 190.0 (85.2) 1001-6 X 11/0 206.0 (93.4) 2000 / 2000 2000/2000 2000/2000 *8" (200) 1001-8 X 1* 217.4 (111.5) 1001-8 X 11/4* 265.3 (120.3) -/- 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2000 *Note: Metric sizes available for 65mm, 150mm, 200mm pipe size with 25mm and 32mm brace pipe size Contact the factory. 0 Fig. 1001 Eaton All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 66 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - TOLCO Universal swivel sway brace attachment-3/8'-16 to 3/4'-10 rods Fig. 980H - TOLCO Universal swivel sway brace attachment-1/8r"-9 to 11/4"-7 Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line series 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel. Material: Carbon steel Function: Multi -functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections and in accordance with NFPA 13, 2019 Section 18.5.11.5. The Fig. 980 mounts to any surface angle and the break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO" "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1001, 2002, 3000, 4L or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). UL Listed for the following brace member type pipes: Sch. 40, KSD 3562. Ask the factory for additional information as it may vary by product size. Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 61. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 2002, 3000, 4L, or approved attachment to pipe make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-GaIvan ized or Stainless Steel. Contact customer service for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273, 372, Pat. #6, 517, 030, Pat. #6, 953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7, 669, 806 Catalog # A in. (mm) B m in. (m) D** in. (mm) Max. Design Load (cULus) lbs./(kN) Approx.Wt./100 lbs. (kg) *980 3/8 '/16 (11.1) 1600 (7.12) 149 (67.6) *980-1/2 9/16 (14.3) 2100 (9.34) 148 (67.1) *9805/s 4'/16 (114.9) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 2100 (9.34) 147 (66.7) *9803/4 13/16 (20.6) 2100 (9.34) 146 (66.2) 980H '/8 15/16 (23.8) Fig. 980H 402 (182.3) 980H-1 11/16 (27.0) is not 400 (181.4) 63/4 (171.4) 31/2 (88.9) UL Listed 980H-1'/s 13/16 (30.2) or FM 397 (180.1) 98OH-1'/a 15/16 (33.3) Approved 390 (176.9) * Sizes available in stainless steel (980S 3/8, 980S-1/2, 980S 1/8, and 980S 3/4) and have the same UL rating as what is listed. ** Mounting attachment hole size. 980 c&us LISTED Set Bolt Mounting Hardware Included Is Not Included Fig. 980 KFiLongitudinal g.980 Brace Fig. 411 shown Fig. 1001 Fig. 980 + Brace l Lateral Brace Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 60 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions Fig. 906 —TOLCO sway brace multi -fastener adapter Function: To attach sway bracing to various types of concrete and wood structural members. The Fig. 906 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCOr" transitional attachment, "bracing pipe" sized in accordance with the transitional attachment instruction sheet, and aTOLCO "braced pipe" attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Part Number A g Maximum UL rated load Fig. 906 9 12 1200lbs. Fig. 906-12 12 15 1200 IDS. H1 Specify Hale Diameter Typ. O -s- Fig.906 ao H2 Specify Hole Diameter C &US LISTED Installation Instructions: Select an anchor that is sized appropriately for the intended use and follow anchor manufacturer's instructions regarding structural thickness and embedment requirements. The required type, number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. Mark H1 hole pattern onto structure. Drill holes for anchorage that are 1/16" larger than the diameter of the anchor selected. Anchor Fig. 906 per NFPA 13 /OSHPD/ and the selected anchors guidelines, using H1 holes. Once Fig. 906 is secured to structure, secure a TOLCO swivel attachment (Fig. 909, 910, 975, 980 or *986) to hole H2. *Not UL listed when used in combination with Fig. 986 FM,TON Powering Business Worldwide Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com 13201 Dahlia Street, Suite 200 Fontana, CA 92337 United States Phone: 800-851-7415 © 2020 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No. IL309008EN September 2020 B-Line Division Eaton.com/tolco Eaton is a registered trademark. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. Follow us on social media to get the latest product and support information. 91 © ® 13 DRY SYSTEM COMPONENTS MEW COMPLETE DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM ILLING SOLUTIONS. AIR PRODUCTS Oil -Less Tank Mounted OLAdwm Digital Fire Protection Air Compressors 11W for Dry Pipe & Pre -Action Sprinkler Systems. series i PRE-SET PRESSURES FOR EASY INSTALLATION,% 0 c & us LISTED • • • • - • - • A Includes Vibration Pads, 30" Stainless Steel Flex Hose b Union. upp""PP, EMTank . CULUS- VDURListed 11450US Size 1 Weight i — CSAC22.2No.68-Canada • Oil -Less Piston Compressor 120 OLTV12016AC 1.46 1/6 115 3.8 27 12 12 12 10 83 . UL Listed, Digital Pressure Switch 208-230 2.2 15 12 12 12 • Displays Pressure Readings 115 4.3 30 12 12 10 • Displays fr Records Run Hours 250 OLTV25033AC 3.03 1/3 10 87 • Displays Amperage 208 230 2.3 16 12 12 12 . Displays £r Records Cycles 115 9.4 66 12 10 6 • Fully Automatic, Direct Drive 400 OLTV40050AC 4.85 1/2 208-230 4.9 34 12 12 12 10 68 . ASME Pressure Safety Valve y • Bubble Tight Air Check Valve 500 OLTV50075AC 6.06 3/4 115 9.9 69 12 10 6 10 98 • Pre -Wired & Pre -Tested 208-230 5.1 36 12 12 12 . Lifetime Technical Support 115 11.3 79 12 10 6 • Automatic Tank Drain Valve 600 OLTV600100AC 728 1 10 98 208-230 5.7 40 12 12 12 • Annual Automated Maintenance 0- Reminders * System Capacity based on 30min fill -time at70° Fsystem temperature. Note: A listed Air Maintenance Device must be installed in conjunction with all Tank Mounted air compressors. Note: All information is subject to change without notice. Consult factory for most up-to-date product details. 0 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - wwwp65warnings.ca.gov Model Number @20 PSI CapacitySystem @30 PSI @40 PSI g. @50 PSI @60 PSI @70 PSI @80 PSI @90 PSI @100 PSI OLTV12016AC 265 170 120 95 75 65 55 45 40 OLTV25033AC 565 350 250 190 155 125 105 90 75 OLTV40050AC 930 595 400 325 255 215 180 155 135 OLTV50075AC 1030 655 500 360 290 240 200 170 145 OLTV600100AC 1250 790 600 435 350 285 240 210 180 The OLAdvance Series Digital Fire Protection Air Compressors are UL 1450-VDUR Listed and specifically designed to fill dry pipe and pre -action fire sprinkler systems to supervisory pressure within 30 minutes per NFPA 13. genera lairproducts.com 800-345-8207 MEW �IF ww W AIR PRODUCTS DCrAL PRESSURE SWITCH .U-O DRMN VALVE n I6.W MOUNIINO CROSS" T5 7/ I b' YdOE 7f I' LONO (4 PIAOE51 I i 16.00— � MODEL: OLTV12016AC COMPLETE DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM FILLING SOLUTIONS. —044ANK CHECK VALVE OUTLET CONNECTION IOOTH ENDS) FACE IX 1BOTH EOUTL ETNDSI ASME RELIEF VALVE e e ti 0 0 OF OUR ET 11,72 � -0 1 MODEL: OLTV25033AC WANK CHECK VALVE NFT OUTLET CONNECTION (BOTH ENDS) MODELS:OLTV40050AC I OLTV50075AC I OLTV600100AC !E CHECK VALVE 010 7.75 3/4" NPT OUTLET CONNECTION (BOTH ENDS) i_ 16.00 ��1038— 4.50J1 MOUNTING CROSS SLOTS •00-7 P 16' WIDE X I" LONG (4 PLACES) Vapor Pipe Shield is a Patented and LIL Listed innovative solution for the prevention of corrosion in Dry -Pipe & Pre -Action Fire Sprinkler Systems. LEARN MOP genera lairprod ucts.com The AMD-1 regulates the volume of air being delivered to the sprinkler system by the air compressor. Per NFPA 13 - An Air Maintenance Device is required on every dry system unless the air compressor has a capacity less than 5.5 ft3/min at IO PSI. Part #AMD-1 Z—FACE OF OUTLET TH ENDS) RELIEF VALVE F OUTLET FACE OF OUTLET (BOTH ENDS) AE IEF .VE Thermal Overload Protection b R• 1. 1 r 1 HP 00 MGOOA 2HP 0 MGXOA 3 HP 1 MG01A 5 HP 1P MG15A When Ordering a Motor Starteryou must specify HP, Voltage & Phase. 800-345-8207 tqC00 Worldwide I Contacts I www tyco-fire.com Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device Pressure Reducing Type with Field -Adjustable Pressure Regulator IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Scan the QR code or enter the URL in a web browser to access the most up-to-date electronic version of this document. Data rates may apply. docs.jci.com/tycofire/tfpl221 General Description The TYCO Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device is an automatic, field -adjustable, pressure reducing device. It is used to control the pres- sure in a dry pipe sprinkler system, pre - action system, or dry pilot line system of a dry pilot actuated deluge or preac- tion valve. The Model AMD-1 Device is utilized in applications where there is a com- pressed air (or nitrogen) source con- trolled at a higher pressure than the desired system pressure. Pressure sources include plant air supplies with their own automatic compressor con- trols or nitrogen supplies with single - stage, cylinder -mounted pressure regulators. The Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Main- tenance Device is a re -designation for the Central Model D-2, Gem Model F324, and Star Model S460. NOTICE The Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Main- tenance Devices described herein must be installed and maintained in compli- ance with this document and with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, in addition to the standards of any author- ities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. Owners are responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved NYC Approved under MEA 206-02-E Maximum Inlet Air (or Nitrogen) Supply Pressure 200 psi (13,8 bar) Field -Adjustable Outlet Pressure Range 5 to 70 psi (0,4 to 4,8 bar) Assembly Major components illustrated in Figure 1 are factory assembled with galva- nized steel nipples and malleable iron pipe fittings. Operation The By -Pass Valve in the Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device is opened to quickly fill the system during initial pressurization. Once the required system pressure has been reached, the By -Pass Valve is closed and the Air Supply Control Valve is left open to place the Model AMD-1 Device in auto- matic operation. When there is a small leak in the system, the Pressure Regulator auto- matically maintains system pressure at the preset level. The 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) orifice in the Restrictor Check Valve limits the flow of air from the Pressure Regulator into the system to a value significantly less than that exhausted by the operation of a 5.6 K-factor sprinkler. Installation The TYCO Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device should be installed in the horizontal position as shown in Figure 1, as well as in accor- dance with the following instructions: NOTICE Moisture build-up can adversely affect performance. Suitable consideration must be given to the removal of exces- sive moisture from the compressed air supply. 1. Make connections a minimum of 1/2 in. (DN15) pipe size between the inlet air supply and the Model AMD-1 Device, as well as between the Model AMD-1 Device and the system to pressurize. 2. Place a 1/2 in. (DN15), non -spring loaded, rubber -faced, swing -type check valve between the Model AMD-1 Device and the system to pressurize. A check valve of this type is provided in the air supply trim of TYCO dry pipe and preac- tion valves. Page 1 of 4 AUGUST 2022 TFP1221 TFP1221 Page 2 of 4 2" 16-1/8"" _ �(50,8 mm) (409,6 mm) 1/4" NPT BY-PASS VALVE GAUGE (NORMALLY TEST PORT CLOSED) 3-1/4" 1/2" NPT P/N 46-047-1-004 mm) OUTLET CONNECTION k(782,6 (TO SYSTEM) 8-1/2" (215,9 mm) 1/2" NPT LABEL INLET CONNECTION (FROM COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY) RESTRICTOR CHECK VALVE P/N 92-326-1-003 PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY REGULATOR STRAINER CONTROL VALVE (ADJUSTABLE) P/N 52-353-1-002 (NORMALLY OPEN) P/N 92-324-1-012 P/N 46-048-1-002 FIGURE 1 MODEL AMD-1 AUTOMATIC AIR MAINTENANCE DEVICE Setting Procedure The TYCO Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device must be set in accordance with the following instructions: 1. Determine the pressure that meets the minimum requirements of the system to pressurize. 2. Close the Model AMD-1 By -Pass Valve, and close the Model AMD-1 Air Supply Control Valve. 3. Open the control valve in the air supply trim of the system to pres- surize and then reduce the system air pressure to 0 psi. 4. Close the control valve in the air supply trim of the system to pressurize. 5. Remove the system pressure gauge from its connection and temporari- ly install it in the 1/4 in. NPT Model AMD-1 Gauge Test Port. F7170170 in Before removing the plug, make certain that the piping to which the Model AMD-1 Gauge Test Port is connected is at 0 psi. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or property damage. 6. Open the Air Supply Control Valve in the Model AMD-1 Device. 7. While observing the relocated pres- sure gauge, adjust the output pres- sure of the Pressure Regulator. Pull the knob out and away from the Pressure Regulator body and then slowly turn the knob clockwise, as viewed from the knob end of the Pressure Regulator, to increase pressure, and counter -clockwise to decrease pressure. When decreasing pressure, the air pressure must be relieved down- stream of the Pressure Regulator by temporarily opening the control valve in the air supply trim of the system to pressurize, assuming that the system to pressurize is at 0 psi. After the Pressure Regulator is set, push the knob in and towards the Pressure Regulator body to snap it in a locked position. 8. Close the Air Supply Control Valve in the Model AMD-1 Device. 9. Return the system air pressure gauge to its normal location. Re- install the 1/4 in. pipe plug in the Model AMD-1 Gauge Test Port. Ap- ply pipe -thread sealant sparingly to the plug threads only. Before removing the pressure gauge, make certain that the piping to which the Model AMD-1 Gauge Test Port is connected is at 0 psi. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or prop- erty damage. 10.Open the control valve in the air supply trim to the system to pressurize. 11.Open the Air Supply Control Valve in the Model AMD-1 Device. 12.Open the By -Pass Valve in the Model AMD-1 Device. 13.Close the By -Pass Valve after the system is pressurized to approxi- mately 5 psi (0,4 bar) less than the minimum required system pressure determined in Step 1. 14.After the system pressure stabi- lizes, note the value and compare with the requirement. Re -adjust the Pressure Regulator, as required. NOTICE If the system was over -pressurized during manual fill, open a suitable connection to the system and manu- ally reduce the pressure to the desired value. The Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device then automatically maintains the preset system pressure. The Restrictor Check Valve prevents the Pressure Regulator from bleeding down the system pressure. In order to minimize the time for system trip in the event of a sprinkler opera- tion, set the system pressure at the minimum required value. TFP1221 Page 3 of 4 Care and Maintenance The TYCO Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device must be main- tained and serviced in accordance with the following instructions, in addition to any specific requirements of the NFPA. Any impairment must be immediately corrected. NOTICE Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protec- tion system from the proper authori- ties and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. It is recommended that accumulated moisture be removed from air supply moisture filtration equipment at least quarterly. More frequent inspections may be necessary in particularly humid environments. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. Responsibility lies with owners for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (for example, NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommend to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national code. The Model AMD-1 Device must be inspected quarterly in accordance with the following instructions: 1. Verify that the By -Pass Valve is closed. 2. Close the Model AMD-1 Air Sup- ply Control Valve and clean out the 1/4 in. Strainer located at the inlet to the Restrictor Check Valve. Be sure to reinstall the strainer screen and tighten the cap securely. 3. Open the Model AMD-1 Air Sup- ply Valve and verify that the control valve in the air supply trim to the system to pressurize is open. 4. Verify that the system pressure is essentially the same as the previ- ously established requirement. If not, adjust the system pressure as follows: a. Close the system's main con- trol valve and open the main drain valve. If the system is so equipped, close the Accelera- tor Control Valve. b. Follow Steps 1 to 14 in the Setting Procedure section. C. Slowly open the Accelerator Control Valve, as applicable. d. Slowly open the main con- trol valve. After water begins to flow, slowly close the main drain valve, then completely open the main control valve. The Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device is now ready for service. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name, including description and Part Number (P/N). Model AMD-1 Device Specify: Model AMD-1 Automatic Air Maintenance Device, P/N 52-324-2-002 Replacement Parts Specify: (description), P/N (specify per Figure 1) TFP1221 Page 4of4 1467 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, RI 02910 1 Telephone +1-401-781-8220 400 6 2022 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subjectto change without notice. Johnson NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association Controls Bulletin 441 Rev. A Model ACD nellmable Features • Sight Glass (Optional) • Eliminates field assembly • Ball Valves — quick operation • No assembly required • 1 "Plug included General Description The Model ACID Dry System Auxiliary Condensate Drain or "Drum Drip Drain" is used in Dry Pipe and preaction sprinkler systems, which meet NFPA 13 (2007) Installa- tion Requirements section 8.16.2.5.3.4. The material used to construct this assembly is schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with galvanized malleable iron fittings, brass ball valves and a brass sight glass. Technical Data Pressure Rating: 175 psi (12 bar) Volume: 0.2 gallons (.76 Liters) Overall Length: 28.5" (724 mm) Weight: 11 lb Dry System Auxiliary Condensate Drain with Sight Glass The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Dimensional Data Dimensions in [] are in mm Table 2 Parts list for P/N 6501190000 Item No. Part Description Qty 1 Nipple, 1" NPT x 2" Long. 2 2 Sight Glass 1 3 Brass Ball Valve, 1" NPT 2 4 Bell Reducer, 1" x 2" NPT 2 5 Galy Pipe, Sch4O, 2"x 12" Long 1 6 Plug, 1" NPT 1 Note: Valve type and manufacturer may vary. (1) For assembly w/o sight glass order P/N 6501190001 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest pertinent Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 80 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. Manufactured b The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. � Recycled ® (800)431-1588 Sales Offices Paper Relle labi (800)848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data (914)829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 07/12 P/N 9999970397